{"title":"Mounting Brackets","description":"\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eFind the perfect mounting brackets for your installation with our range of reliable, durable, and versatile mounting solutions. Whether you’re completing a home improvement project, upgrading equipment, or securing essential components, our mounting brackets are designed to provide dependable support, stability, and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"x1ll2q23 x1a4oops x132q4wb\"\u003eExplore Our Range of Mounting Brackets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eChoosing the right mounting bracket is essential for achieving a secure and professional installation. Our collection offers mounting brackets in a variety of styles, sizes, materials, and configurations to suit different applications. From \u003cstrong\u003ewall mounting brackets for tvs\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003emount arms for monitors\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eceiling brackets for projectors\u003c\/strong\u003e to heavy-duty support \u003cstrong\u003ebrackets for server rack systems\u003c\/strong\u003e, you can find practical solutions for residential, commercial, and industrial projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eDesigned for strength and functionality, mounting brackets help secure equipment, support fixtures, and keep installations firmly in place. Depending on your requirements, options may include adjustable brackets, angle brackets, metal mounting brackets, and specialist mounting hardware. Consider the intended application, load requirements, mounting surface, and compatibility when selecting the right bracket for your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"x1ll2q23 x1a4oops x132q4wb\"\u003eDurable, Versatile and Easy to Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eQuality mounting brackets offer a dependable way to improve stability while making the most of your available space. Built for practical everyday use, the right bracket can help simplify installation, maintain secure positioning, and deliver a neat, organised finish. Whether you’re fitting equipment to a wall, supporting components, or completing a custom installation, choosing a suitable mounting solution makes all the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eOur mounting brackets collection makes it easier to compare available options and find products suited to your project. Explore different designs and specifications to identify the ideal combination of strength, fit, and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"x1ll2q23 x1a4oops x132q4wb\"\u003eShop Mounting Brackets Online\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eBrowse our selection of mounting brackets to find dependable hardware for your next installation. With a variety of options available, you can choose a solution that meets your application requirements and installation preferences. Find the right mounting brackets for your project and enjoy a secure, practical, and professional result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x12ofw9d\"\u003eShop our mounting brackets today and discover versatile mounting solutions designed to support your installation needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"compulocks-counter-wall-mount-for-tablet-hub-printer-monitor-scanner-black","title":"Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Hub, Printer, Monitor, Scanner - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePresent a sleek, secure, and highly versatile mounting solution for your essential devices. The Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount is engineered to transform busy workspaces by freeing up desk real estate while keeping tablets, hubs, printers, monitors, and scanners within easy reach. With a minimalist profile and a robust powder-coated metal build, this mount blends into any setting—from retail kiosks and offices to healthcare environments—without compromising on stability or accessibility. The black finish delivers a professional look that resists scratches and everyday wear, ensuring your equipment remains secure and visually cohesive over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile compatibility for multiple devices:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to securely hold a wide range of equipment—tablets, hubs, printers, monitors, and scanners—so you can consolidate peripherals in a single, organized footprint. The mount’s adaptable design supports various sizes and configurations, allowing you to switch devices without a complete reinstallation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCounter and wall-mount versatility:\u003c\/b\u003e Experience true deployment flexibility with a mounting solution that functions both as a counter stand and a wall mount. This dual capability makes it easy to tailor your workspace, whether you need a quick-access kiosk setup or a tidy wall-mounted installation that clears valuable desk space.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, scratch-resistant finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Built from powder-coated metal, the mount stands up to daily use in fast-paced environments. The durable black finish not only looks professional but also protects against scuffs and corrosion, preserving the mount’s appearance and performance over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated cable management for a clean look:\u003c\/b\u003e Keep cables neatly organized with built-in channels and routing options. A tidy cable layout reduces clutter, minimizes tripping hazards, and enhances overall workstation safety and aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple installation with adjustable features:\u003c\/b\u003e The mount is designed for straightforward installation with standard tools. Its adjustable arms and mounting points accommodate different device sizes and mounting surfaces, enabling easy alignment and a secure fit with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Hub, Printer, Monitor, Scanner - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Powder-coated metal\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting options: Counter mount and wall mount configuration\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDevice compatibility: Supports tablets, hubs, printers, monitors, scanners, and similar compact devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesign characteristic: Space-saving, durable construction with integrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Hub, Printer, Monitor, Scanner - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eTo install this mount, begin by choosing the installation surface that best suits your workflow—either a sturdy counter or a wall surface capable of supporting the intended devices. Before you begin, verify that the chosen location has adequate clearance for the largest device you plan to mount and that cable runs will not interfere with doorways, drawers, or workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 1: Gather the necessary mounting hardware and tools. The kit typically includes the mounting plate, brackets, screws, and spacers required for common setups. If you’re mounting on a wall, ensure you have appropriate anchors and fasteners for the wall material (e.g., drywall, concrete, or wood studs). If you’re mounting on a counter, confirm the surface thickness and compatibility with the mounting hardware provided.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 2: Prepare the mounting surface. For wall installations, locate studs or use appropriate anchors. For counter installations, mark the positions for the mounting holes, ensuring a level alignment and balanced weight distribution. A level helps guarantee that devices sit correctly and operate without strain on cables or connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 3: Attach the mounting plate or brackets. Secure the base or plate to the surface using the supplied screws and anchors. Make sure the fasteners are tight and that the plate sits flush against the mounting surface. If you’re using a wall mount, verify that the bracket is anchored securely to support the intended load.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 4: Mount your devices. Attach devices to the mounting system according to their size and mounting compatibility. Use adjustable arms or modular adapters as needed to achieve the desired orientation, whether portrait or landscape for monitors, or a vertical\/horizontal arrangement for printers, scanners, or hubs. Route cables through the built-in channels to maintain a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 5: Final checks and adjustments. Confirm that each device is securely fastened and that there is no wobble or movement. Verify that cable routes are clear of pinch points and that access to ports and controls remains unobstructed. Perform a quick functionality test by powering up devices and confirming that all connections work smoothly. Regularly inspect the mount as part of routine workspace maintenance to ensure continued stability and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe installation process is designed to be straightforward, with a focus on minimizing downtime and disruption to your daily workflow. Whether you’re equipping a point-of-sale counter, a shared workstation, or a compact control station, this mount helps you achieve a clean, organized, and efficient setup with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices does this mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is designed to securely hold a range of compact devices, including tablets, hubs, printers, monitors, and scanners. The mounting system accommodates varying sizes and configurations to fit many environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use this mount on both a counter and a wall?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The Counter\/Wall Mount is engineered for flexibility, enabling you to install it on a countertop or a wall surface depending on your space and workflow needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: what finish does it have, and is it durable?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mount features a matte black powder-coated finish that resists scratches and daily wear, maintaining its professional appearance over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation difficult?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Not at all. The mount is designed for straightforward installation with common tools. The included hardware supports typical surfaces, and adjustable features help you tailor the fit to your devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is cable management built-in?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. Integrated cable channels help route and conceal cables for a tidy, organized setup that reduces clutter and enhances safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909236416738,"sku":"9050820","price":226.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175293892_f245c486-9c75-4589-be34-b2046a95f533.jpg?v=1755357321"},{"product_id":"atdec-mounting-arm-for-monitor-display-flat-panel-display-curved-screen-display-silver-landscape","title":"Atdec Mounting Arm for Monitor, Display, Flat Panel Display, Curved Screen Display - Silver - Landscape","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe AWMS-3-13714 from Atdec is a premium triple monitor mounting solution engineered to support three displays on a sturdy 400mm post. This landscape-oriented arm system is designed to maximize desk space, reduce neck and eye strain, and boost productivity by giving each screen an optimal viewing angle. Constructed from lightweight yet durable aluminium, it offers a robust, long-lasting solution that is also easier to recycle at the end of its life. The AWMS-3-13714 is ideal for professionals who demand flexibility, ergonomic comfort, and a clean, professional workstation aesthetic. Whether you’re coordinating a multi-monitor setup for data analytics, video editing, software development, or a dynamic digital signage environment, this mount delivers reliable performance and effortless adaptability across three displays, including both curved and flat panel screens in a landscape layout.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUnmatched adjustability for ergonomic comfort.\u003c\/b\u003e This triple monitor arm excels at delivering precise control over height, tilt, and orientation for each display. By allowing independent adjustment for each screen, you can tailor the exact viewing position to match your posture and workflow. The ability to position each monitor at the perfect angle helps reduce neck strain during long days at the desk and promotes a more natural line of sight across all three displays. With a focus on ergonomic design, the AWMS-3-13714 makes it easy to maintain an upright posture, align screens for multitasking, and create a seamless panoramic workspace that encourages productivity rather than fatigue. The result is a tailored, comfortable setup that adapts as your tasks change—from spreadsheets to code to design previews—without requiring complex recalibration or repeated repositioning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaximized desk space and clean cable management.\u003c\/b\u003e A triple monitor arrangement can quickly look cluttered, but this solution is built to keep cords organized and out of the way. The slim post design and articulated arms free up valuable desk surface while providing ample reach and extension to position displays exactly where you want them. Integrated cable routing keeps cables neatly tucked along the post and arms, reducing tangling and snag hazards. The end result is a streamlined workstation that looks as good as it performs, with fewer cords on the desk and a neater, more professional appearance. For teams and environments that require frequent reconfigurations, the ability to route cables cleanly is an essential feature that saves time during upgrades or layout optimizations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable aluminium build with sustainability in mind.\u003c\/b\u003e The AWMS-3-13714 is crafted from lightweight yet durable aluminium, balancing strength and portability. Aluminium construction ensures each arm supports multi-monitor configurations with confidence while staying relatively easy to adjust. In addition to mechanical robustness, aluminium is highly recyclable, aligning with modern sustainability goals and end-of-life recycling considerations. This makes it a responsible choice for offices focused on reducing environmental impact without compromising on performance. The materials selection supports a stable, long-lasting installation, so you can rely on this mount for years of service in busy workspaces or mission-critical setups.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile compatibility for landscape multi-display layouts.\u003c\/b\u003e The triple monitor arm is designed to accommodate three displays in a landscape arrangement, enabling expansive, wide-screen configurations ideal for productivity dashboards, design reviews, and data-heavy applications. It supports both curved screen displays and flat panels, offering flexibility for mixed-monitor ecosystems where some screens are curved for immersive viewing while others remain flat for specific tasks. The landscape orientation is particularly well-suited to side-by-side workflows, enabling users to span applications across monitors for easier cross-referencing and rapid data comparison. This versatility makes the AWMS-3-13714 a smart choice for creative studios, control rooms, trading floors, and any workspace that benefits from a broad, continuous visual surface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEffortless installation and ongoing maintenance.\u003c\/b\u003e Designed with user-friendliness in mind, this mount emphasizes straightforward installation and simple adjustments. The 400mm post serves as a stable hub for all three arms, while individual monitor joints offer smooth, repeatable motion. Maintenance is minimal: periodic checks to ensure the joints remain tight and the cables remain neatly routed are typically all that’s required. The ergonomic, tool-light design minimizes downtime and helps teams achieve a quick setup or reconfiguration during shifts in project scope. For IT departments and facilities teams, this means faster rollouts, easier relocations, and less downtime when upgrading or swapping displays, all while preserving a clean, professional appearance on the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Atdec Mounting Arm for Monitor, Display, Flat Panel Display, Curved Screen Display - Silver - Landscape\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePost height: 400 mm (the central support from which the triple arms extend)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTriple monitor configuration: supports three displays in a cohesive landscape layout\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: aluminium in a durable, lightweight construction\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Silver to complement modern workstations and office interiors\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDisplay types: compatible with both curved screen displays and flat panel displays in landscape orientation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjustability: independent tilt, swivel, and height adjustments for each monitor to achieve optimal ergonomic alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Atdec Mounting Arm for Monitor, Display, Flat Panel Display, Curved Screen Display\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack and identify all components, including the 400 mm post, three monitor arms, mounting plates, fasteners, and cable management hardware. Verify you have all parts according to the included assembly guide before beginning installation. The process is straightforward for most standard desk configurations, but ensure the mounting surface is sturdy enough to support a triple-monitor setup. A solid desk or fixed mounting point is essential to prevent flex or wobble during use. Gather necessary tools as recommended by the manufacturer, typically a suitable screwdriver and a wrench for hand-tightening, and prepare a clear workspace to lay out components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the post to the desk clamp or grommet mount according to the included instructions. The 400 mm post serves as the central spine for the entire system and should be secured firmly to the desk surface. Confirm that the clamp or grommet base is properly tightened to prevent any movement. If your desk setup requires a grommet option, align the post with the grommet hole and ensure a clean, stable connection. Check for any desk surface interference and adjust the mounting position if necessary to keep cables and arms unobstructed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount the triple arms to the central post. Carefully align each arm with the post and secure them using the supplied fasteners. Make sure the arms are evenly distributed and that there is enough clearance for each monitor to extend and tilt without hitting adjacent screens or desk objects. Once attached, test the range of motion for each joint to ensure smooth operation. If you notice any stiffness, recheck the fasteners and adjust the tension as specified in the installation guide. A well-balanced setup reduces wear on joints and helps maintain precise monitor alignment over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach each monitor to its respective arm and connect the necessary cables. When mounting displays, verify compatibility with VESA mounting patterns and weight limits as indicated by the product specification. Attach the VESA plates to the back of each monitor, then secure the monitors onto the arms. Route power, HDMI\/DisplayPort, and USB cables along the built-in channels to minimize clutter and maintain a clean appearance. Ensure cables have enough slack for full range of motion and do not pinch during tilt or swivel. A neat cable layout helps with airflow and makes future upgrades easier.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFine-tune alignment and test operation across all displays. After installing the monitors, adjust height, tilt, and swivel for each screen to achieve a uniform, comfortable viewing line across all three displays. Confirm that the landscape orientation remains consistent and that each screen can be positioned independently without contact or interference. Run a simple test with multiple applications spanning across the three monitors to verify the ergonomic setup, seamless transition between screens, and consistent color and brightness levels. Finally, secure any loose cables and recheck all fasteners to ensure long-term stability and alignment of the triple-monitor system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003ch4\u003eQ: Is the Atdec AWMS-3-13714 suitable for curved and flat displays?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mount is designed to support both curved screen displays and flat panel displays in a landscape layout. This versatility makes it ideal for mixed-monitor configurations where some screens are curved for immersive viewing while others are flat for task-specific clarity. The independent arm joints allow precise positioning for each monitor, ensuring optimal ergonomics regardless of display type.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eQ: What size and weight range does the triple monitor arm accommodate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The AWMS-3-13714 is built to handle three displays on a single 400mm post, with adjustable arms to accommodate a range of monitor sizes typically used in professional settings. For exact weight limits and compatible VESA patterns, refer to the official product specifications provided by the manufacturer, which detail weight capacities per arm and any recommended display dimensions. The system is designed to offer generous reach and tilt range while maintaining stability across all three screens.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eQ: How does the post height and overall footprint affect desk space?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The 400mm central post provides a compact footprint while delivering substantial reach and flexibility. This configuration helps keep desk space free from clutter, enabling better cable management and more room for keyboards, documents, or other peripherals. Because the monitors are mounted above the desk surface, you gain valuable horizontal display real estate, which is especially beneficial in multi-monitor workflows, trading desks, design studios, and control rooms where screen estate translates directly into productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eQ: Is installation difficult for non-technical users?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Not at all. The AWMS-3-13714 is designed with user-friendly assembly in mind. With clear instructions, the central post, arms, and mounting plates assemble in a logical sequence. Most users can complete the installation with common tools and a bit of patience. The design emphasizes straightforward cable routing and a stable final configuration, so even first-time installers can achieve a professional, secure setup without special expertise.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eQ: Can this mount be recycled, and is it environmentally friendly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The AWMS-3-13714 uses aluminium for its frame, which is a material that is highly recyclable at the end of the product lifecycle. This aligns with sustainability goals by reducing waste and enabling the recovery of valuable materials during recycling. While performance is a top priority, Atdec also considers environmental impact, offering a solution that combines functionality with responsible materials choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Atdec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909250146530,"sku":"5927028","price":507.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175293360_21928893-8b36-405b-a47c-3384dc50aef4.jpg?v=1755130759"},{"product_id":"atdec-media-storage-sliding-panel-universal-mounting-hole-pattern-for-media-and-networking-devices","title":"Atdec media storage sliding panel - Universal mounting hole pattern - For media and networking devices","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\nDesigned for clean, unobtrusive integration into modern AV installations, the Atdec media storage sliding panel is the smart solution for concealing and organizing your media and networking gear behind a display. This thoughtfully engineered panel maximizes usable space while keeping cabling orderly and accessible, so technicians can service, upgrade, or troubleshoot without removing the entire system. The generous storage area is paired with a universal mounting hole pattern, enabling a broad range of devices to be mounted on a single panel. This means you can consolidate routers, switches, media players, small form-factor servers, network extenders, set-top boxes, and other equipment on one cohesive platform, rather than scattering devices throughout the cabinet or behind the wall. The result is a streamlined, professional look that minimizes clutter and protects valuable equipment from dust and incidental contact, while still providing rapid access when maintenance is required.\n\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal mounting hole pattern for broad device compatibility\u003c\/b\u003e: The panel is engineered to accommodate a wide variety of media and networking devices, simplifying inventory and procurement for installers. With a flexible mounting footprint, you can position equipment with precision and reduce the need for multiple mounting adapters, trays, or custom solutions. This adaptability is especially valuable in shared spaces, where different devices may be added or replaced over time, ensuring the panel remains a reliable core component of your installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmooth sliding mechanism for effortless installation and maintenance\u003c\/b\u003e: The primary feature of this panel is its efficient sliding mechanism. By allowing the entire storage area to glide out from behind the display, technicians gain immediate access to rear connections, power supplies, and cable runs without having to disassemble the system. This design saves time during initial setup and simplifies ongoing maintenance, firmware updates, and component swaps—minimizing downtime and maximizing uptime for mission-critical setups.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eGenerous, organized storage for media and networking devices\u003c\/b\u003e: Beyond just mounting, the panel provides ample space for storing essential peripherals, spare adapters, cables, and small accessories. An organized interior reduces clutter and helps technicians quickly locate the right cable or power brick. The storage area is thoughtfully engineered to keep equipment secure while providing enough room to manage cable serpents and label systems for easy identification, which is particularly beneficial in environments with frequent device changes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDesigned for behind-display integration with clean cable management\u003c\/b\u003e: This sliding panel is optimized for installations where devices live behind a screen, cabinet door, or wall display. Aesthetics are preserved as cables can be routed discreetly and secured with integrated management features. The result is a neater, more professional presentation with fewer dangling wires, improved heat dissipation, and reduced risk of accidental unplugging or equipment snagging during maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable construction tailored for AV and IT environments\u003c\/b\u003e: Built to withstand the demands of professional deployments, the panel combines sturdy materials with precise tolerances to ensure long-term reliability. The robust framework supports substantial device weight within the storage area, while precision sliding components resist wear from repeated use. Whether deployed in corporate lobbies, conference rooms, classrooms, or data-center edge installations, the panel blends resilience with a streamlined appearance that complements contemporary equipment racks and display devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Atdec media storage sliding panel\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUPC\/SKU: Not provided in product data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: Universal mounting hole pattern to support a wide range of media and networking devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding mechanism: Facilitates easy access to rear connections and components for installation and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage capacity: Generous internal space designed to accommodate multiple devices, cables, and small accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Engineered for durability in AV and IT environments, optimized for behind-display applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility note: Ideal for setups where devices must be concealed behind a screen or panel while remaining accessible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Atdec media storage sliding panel\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003e\nInstalling the Atdec media storage sliding panel is designed to be straightforward, minimizing workflow disruption during integration into existing displays or cabinetry. While specific dimensions and mounting hardware can vary by SKU, the general process remains consistent across compatible configurations. Before you begin, ensure you have a clear workspace behind the display and a plan for cable routing that preserves airflow and accessibility for future maintenance.\n\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 1: Prepare the mounting area\u003c\/b\u003e – Assess the back of the display or enclosure and identify a stable surface with adequate depth to accommodate the panel and the devices it will hold. Check that the mounting surface can support the combined weight of the panel, equipment, and cables.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 2: Align the universal mounting pattern\u003c\/b\u003e – Position the panel so that the universal mounting holes align with your chosen mounting surface. This design enables flexible placement for optimal cable management and device access. If adapters or spacers are recommended for your devices, install them per your plan before attaching the panel.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 3: Secure the panel\u003c\/b\u003e – Fasten the panel securely using the appropriate hardware provided by the manufacturer or specified in your installation guide. Ensure each fastener is seated firmly and that the panel remains square relative to the display for a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 4: Route and connect cables\u003c\/b\u003e – With the panel in place, route power and data cables through integrated grommets or channels designed to minimize strain and keep cables organized. Label cables where possible to simplify future maintenance and upgrades. Verify that there is enough slack for the sliding action without over-stretching any connections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 5: Slide, test, and finalize\u003c\/b\u003e – Slide the panel out to verify smooth operation and confirm that all devices power on correctly when connected. Test access to each device’s rear ports, then slide the panel back into position. Perform a final check for cable interference, airflow, and overall alignment before sealing the installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat devices are compatible with the universal mounting hole pattern?\u003c\/b\u003e The universal pattern is designed to accommodate a broad range of media and networking devices, including routers, switches, small form-factor servers, media players, set-top boxes, and related peripherals. The flexibility of the mounting pattern helps reduce the need for multiple adapters and simplifies future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan the panel be installed behind a wall display?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The design supports behind-display installations, keeping devices concealed while maintaining easy access for maintenance through the sliding mechanism. This makes it ideal for conference rooms, corporate environments, and public-facing displays where aesthetics matter.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the mounting hardware included?\u003c\/b\u003e Hardware availability varies by retailer and SKU. Always check the product listing for included mounting hardware and accessories, and verify compatibility with your mounting surface before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHow does the sliding mechanism benefit maintenance?\u003c\/b\u003e The sliding mechanism allows the entire storage area to glide out from behind the display, providing immediate access to rear ports and connections. This reduces downtime during configuration, updates, and troubleshooting by eliminating the need to dismantle the entire setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat environments is this panel best suited for?\u003c\/b\u003e The panel is well-suited for AV and IT environments that require organized gear behind a display, such as conference rooms, control rooms, education spaces, hospitality installations, and retail displays. Its durable construction and tidy cable management contribute to reliability and a professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the product support cable management beyond simple routing?\u003c\/b\u003e The panel is designed to facilitate orderly cable management with internal space for cables and accessories. For more advanced cable management, consider pairing it with additional organizers, ties, and channels that align with the panel’s mounting pattern and depth allowances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Atdec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909306835170,"sku":"6285981","price":259.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175292473_c1567f1c-bea5-43ff-8dad-8a244bbcfc5d.jpg?v=1755135137"},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-height-adjustable-tv-wall-mount-for-50-to-70-flat-panel-interactive-displays","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Height-Adjustable TV Wall Mount for 50? to 70? Flat-Panel Interactive Displays","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eSecure and ergonomically position your interactive touchscreen or flat-panel display with the Eaton Tripp Lite Series Height-Adjustable TV Wall Mount. This VESA-compliant mount is designed to support 50\" to 70\" flat-panel displays, including interactive whiteboards and touchscreens, making it ideal for collaborative spaces such as conference rooms, boardrooms, and classrooms. The DWM5070HD model is engineered for reliable wall mounting on wood studs, brick, or concrete walls with the included hardware, enabling a stable, arm's-length viewing experience that enhances engagement during presentations, training sessions, and group discussions. Built to withstand the demands of high-traffic environments, this mount balances strength, simplicity, and clean aesthetics to keep your space organized and ready for dynamic collaboration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVESA-compliant design with DWM5070HD compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered to fit 50\"–70\" flat-panel displays and interactive screens with standard VESA patterns for secure, reliable mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHeight-adjustable for ergonomic viewing:\u003c\/b\u003e Easily position your display at the perfect eye level, reducing neck strain and enabling comfortable collaboration in seated or standing configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile wall compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Included hardware supports mounting to wood studs, brick, or concrete walls, giving you flexible installation options in a variety of spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust, space-conscious profile:\u003c\/b\u003e A sleek, low-profile footprint keeps the display close to the wall while maintaining a tidy appearance and minimizing obstruction during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIdeal for interactive environments:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically suited for conference rooms, boardrooms, and classrooms where interactive displays drive engagement and productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series Height-Adjustable TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e DWM5070HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDisplay size compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e 50\" to 70\" flat-panel displays (interactive displays supported)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVESA compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e VESA-compliant mounting patterns for secure installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWall mounting surfaces:\u003c\/b\u003e Wood stud, brick, and concrete walls with included hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMount type:\u003c\/b\u003e Height-adjustable wall mount with a streamlined, low-profile design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Series Height-Adjustable TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1. Locate wall studs and determine the best mounting location. Mark drill points aligned with the stud lines to ensure solid support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2. Attach the mounting plate or wall plate to the wall using the included hardware, ensuring level alignment before tightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3. Prepare the display by attaching any required mounting brackets or adapter plates to the back of the 50\"–70\" screen, following the unit's VESA pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4. Hang or secure the display onto the wall-mounted plate and secure all fasteners according to the provided instructions, confirming a firm and level installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5. Adjust the height to your preferred ergonomic position and verify that the display remains secure. Route cables neatly and test the interactive features to ensure proper operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What sizes of displays does this mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports 50\" to 70\" flat-panel displays, including interactive displays and touchscreens, with a VESA-compliant mounting pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Which wall types are compatible?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The mount includes hardware suitable for wood studs, brick, and concrete walls for flexible installation in diverse spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the height-adjustable feature easy to use?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The height-adjustment mechanism is designed to be user-friendly, allowing quick positioning to achieve ergonomic viewing at eye level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this mount suitable for classrooms and conference rooms?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. Its design prioritizes ergonomic viewing, stability, and compatibility with interactive displays, making it ideal for educational and professional environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are installation hardware and instructions included?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The product ships with the necessary hardware and clear instructions to facilitate secure mounting on compatible walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909369618658,"sku":"6370473","price":509.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175292521_0b930c1a-51cf-4332-9582-7b8b2f02e3a2.jpg?v=1755357446"},{"product_id":"maclocks-mounting-enclosure-for-tablet-docking-station-printer-monitor-bar-code-scanner-scanner-black","title":"MacLocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Docking Station, Printer, Monitor, Bar Code Scanner, Scanner - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eDiscover a versatile, high‑security mounting enclosure designed to transform how you deploy and manage critical devices in cluttered environments. The MacLocks Mounting Enclosure securely houses tablets, docking stations, printers, monitors, barcode scanners, and scanners in a single, compact frame. Built with durable aluminum and engineered for flexibility, this enclosure allows your equipment to flex for ergonomic positioning while staying firm and stable once secured. Ideal for retail kiosks, warehouse workstations, healthcare stations, and office setups, it elevates efficiency, reduces cable chaos, and protects valuable devices from tampering, vandalism, and accidental bumps. With 10.5\" screen support and VESA 100 x 100 mm compatibility, you get a robust mounting solution that blends seamless aesthetics with practical performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile device compatibility and screen support:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to accommodate a wide range of devices, including tablets, docking stations, printers, monitors, and barcode scanners. It supports devices with up to a 10.5\" screen, enabling you to consolidate essential tools into one compact frame. The internal clearance and mounting points are optimized to ensure secure, vibration‑free operation, so you can rely on precise readings, stable displays, and uninterrupted workflows in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSolid aluminum construction for durability and reliability:\u003c\/b\u003e Constructed from high‑quality aluminum, the enclosure provides an impressive balance of strength and lightness. The rigid frame protects your hardware from minor impacts while allowing a controlled amount of flex to fine‑tune positioning. This combination delivers long‑lasting performance in retail counters, logistics bays, clinics, or manufacturing floors where equipment endures daily use and occasional knocks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVESA 100 x 100 mm compatibility for flexible mounting:\u003c\/b\u003e The enclosure leverages a standard VESA pattern to enable seamless attachment to frames, stands, walls, or kiosks that support 100 x 100 mm mounting. This compatibility makes it easy to pair with existing mounts and adapt to varied layouts, orientations, and viewing angles, helping you maximize workspace efficiency without sacrificing accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow‑profile, professional appearance with secure positioning:\u003c\/b\u003e The black powder‑coated finish provides a clean, modern aesthetic that blends with most interiors and product branding. The enclosure’s design emphasizes a slim silhouette that keeps devices and cables neatly tucked away, reducing visual clutter while maintaining an accessible, user‑friendly interface. Once attached, the frame holds devices securely in place, minimizing drift and misalignment during daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEfficient cable management and maintenance convenience:\u003c\/b\u003e Thoughtful routing channels and access points help organize power and data cables, simplifying installation and routine maintenance. The enclosure supports tidy cable exits and quick device swaps, enabling faster restocks, easier software updates on tablets, and straightforward replacement of peripherals without destabilizing the entire setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of MacLocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Docking Station, Printer, Monitor, Bar Code Scanner, Scanner - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eSupports devices with up to a 10.5\" screen\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA mounting pattern: 100 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Aluminum mounting enclosure\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatible device types: Tablet, Docking Station, Printer, Monitor, Bar Code Scanner, Scanner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install MacLocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Docking Station, Printer, Monitor, Bar Code Scanner, Scanner – Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan your mounting location by considering accessibility, viewing angle, and cable routing. Ensure the surface behind the enclosure can support the weight and mounting method and that a 100 x 100 mm VESA pattern is available if you intend to pair with a VESA arm or frame mount.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the enclosure to the chosen frame or stand using the appropriate hardware. Align the VESA mounting interface with the frame’s mounting plate and secure it firmly, taking care not to overtighten and distort the frame or damage the device mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare and route cables for power, data, and peripheral connections. Use the enclosure’s routing channels or openings to minimize cable clutter and protect cables from wear and snag hazards. Leave a little slack to accommodate slight position adjustments without pulling on connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the device into the enclosure and secure it according to the device’s mounting requirements. Ensure any docking stations or peripheral slots align properly with access ports, and verify that the device sits firmly within the enclosure without excessive movement.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTest the setup by powering on the device(s) and verifying alignment, accessibility, and cable integrity. Make final position adjustments to achieve an optimal viewing angle and ergonomic reach, then perform routine checks to maintain secure mounting over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat devices can fit inside the MacLocks Mounting Enclosure?\u003c\/b\u003e The enclosure is designed to accommodate tablets, docking stations, printers, monitors, barcode scanners, and scanners up to a 10.5\" screen size, with a 100 x 100 mm VESA mounting interface for flexible installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs the enclosure suitable for wall or frame mounting?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The design includes compatibility with standard VESA patterns (100 x 100 mm) and is intended to attach securely to frames, stands, or compatible shelves, providing a neat, professional setup in retail, healthcare, or office environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat material is used for durability?\u003c\/b\u003e The enclosure is built from aluminum, offering a robust, durable frame that resists daily wear while keeping devices protected and stable in high‑traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDoes the enclosure support cable management?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The structure includes thoughtful cable routing features to help organize power and data lines, reducing clutter and improving access for maintenance or device replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan I adjust the device position after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e The enclosure is designed to hold devices securely in position, with enough flexibility to fine‑tune placement during installation. Once tightened, it maintains the chosen angle and distance, supporting stable, ergonomic operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"MacLocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909940994274,"sku":"9050832","price":238.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175283622_af203ae5-f5df-4e6f-87c0-c1de0521b864.jpg?v=1755357319"},{"product_id":"tripp-lite-by-eaton-wall-mount-shelf-for-it-equipment-20-in-wide-up-to-200-lb-90-kg","title":"Tripp Lite by Eaton Wall-Mount Shelf for IT Equipment, 20 in. Wide, Up to 200 lb. (90 kg)","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMaximize space, organize your essential IT gear, and simplify cable management with the Tripp Lite by Eaton Wall-Mount Shelf for IT Equipment. This compact, sturdy shelf is designed to hold routers, small switches, modems, and other compact devices directly on your wall, making it an ideal solution for home offices, network closets, dorm rooms, or any area where floor space is at a premium. When you don’t have enough equipment to justify a full rack enclosure—or you simply don’t have the space for one—the 20-inch-wide wall-mount shelf delivers a practical, cost-effective alternative that keeps your network gear secure, accessible, and neatly arranged. With a generous weight rating of up to 200 lb (90 kg), this shelf is built to support multiple devices in one convenient location, reducing clutter while preserving airflow around each component. Its clean, professional look blends with most home and office environments, helping you maintain a tidy workspace without sacrificing performance or reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned with IT reliability in mind, this wall-mount shelf offers a robust platform for your everyday networking equipment. The 20-inch width provides ample surface area to stack a router, a small switch, and a few ancillary devices, all within arm’s reach. The wall-mounted design keeps equipment off the floor, protecting it from dust, spills, or accidental bumps, while making it easy to access ports, indicators, and power connections. The shelf’s sturdy construction supports not only the weight of active devices but also the weight of interconnecting cables and power strips, helping to minimize sag or displacement over time. For households and small offices looking to improve organization without investing in a full rack cabinet, this shelf delivers a practical, scalable solution that grows with your network needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIn addition to space-saving and organizational benefits, the wall-mount shelf enhances workflow by placing critical devices in a centralized, convenient location. This reduces the time spent fumbling behind racks or searching for misplaced equipment during maintenance, firmware updates, or troubleshooting. Whether you’re deploying a simple home network, a small business setup, or a dedicated media center with network devices, having a dedicated wall-mount space clarifies cable routing and helps you establish consistent labeling and management practices. The result is a cleaner installation, easier upgrades, and improved overall network reliability as devices remain securely positioned and properly ventilated—important factors when running multiple devices that generate heat and rely on solid connectivity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeyond practicality, the Tripp Lite by Eaton wall-mount shelf is a versatile, future-ready foundation for your IT infrastructure. Its modular design makes it suitable for a range of devices, from basic routers to compact switches, networked printers, or small network appliances. The shelf accommodates common mounting patterns and easily integrates with other wall-mount accessories should you decide to expand your setup. For families, students, or remote workers who value a streamlined, organized environment, this shelf delivers peace of mind, knowing that essential networking gear is secured, accessible, and protected in a dedicated wall space.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhen you choose this wall-mount shelf, you’re selecting a practical balance of affordability, performance, and simplicity. It’s the kind of product that quietly enhances daily operations—keeping equipment out of the way but within easy reach, so you can focus on work, study, or entertainment without distractions. With its clear emphasis on reliability and efficiency, the Tripp Lite by Eaton wall-mount shelf stands out as a smart investment for anyone who wants professional-grade organization without the footprint of a traditional server room or a bulky rack cabinet. The result is a neater, safer, and more productive environment where your IT gear is properly positioned to deliver consistent performance whenever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u0026lt; ul\u0026gt; \u003cli\u003e20-inch wide wall-mount shelf designed to organize and store IT equipment such as routers, small switches, modems, and related peripherals in a home office or network closet. Its generous width provides ample surface area for multiple devices while maintaining a compact footprint that fits into tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eHigh weight capacity—up to 200 lb (90 kg)—so you can stack several devices on a single wall-mount surface without worry. This makes it an economical alternative to bulkier rack enclosures and supports a growing home or small-office network as your gear expands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdeal alternative to a wall-mount rack cabinet for spaces where a full rack isn’t justified. You gain the benefits of a dedicated mounting surface with easier installation and a cleaner appearance, without the investment or space requirements of a traditional rack system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesigned for efficient, space-saving organization. The wall-mount configuration keeps devices off the floor and out of the way, enabling streamlined cable routing and reducing clutter while preserving airflow around each device to help prevent overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and relocate as your network grows. The shelf provides a simple, straightforward mounting solution that allows you to position devices where you need them most—near power outlets, network hubs, and other critical connections—without drilling into floor space or rearranging large equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Tripp Lite by Eaton Wall-Mount Shelf for IT Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eWidth: 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaximum load: Up to 200 lb (90 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting style: Wall-mounted shelf for IT equipment\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIntended use: Organizes routers, small switches, modems, and other compact IT gear in home offices or network closets\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting considerations: Designed to be installed on interior walls to create a dedicated space for networking devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Tripp Lite by Eaton Wall-Mount Shelf for IT Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan your installation by selecting a wall location that provides easy access to power outlets and network ports, while ensuring ample clearance for device ventilation and cable routing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLocate wall studs or use appropriate wall anchors to securely support the shelf’s weight and your devices. Mark the mounting holes on the wall in a level line for a straight, stable installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the shelf to the wall using the included mounting hardware or compatible fasteners appropriate for your wall type. Ensure the bracket or mounting surface is level before tightening all fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlace your IT equipment on the shelf, starting with the heaviest devices on the bottom to maintain stability. Route power and network cables neatly to minimize tangling and improve airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect devices, organize cables with ties or wraps, and test connectivity and device operation. Make any needed adjustments to cable length or device placement to optimize accessibility and airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What devices are best suited for this shelf? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Routers, small switches, modems, and other compact IT gear commonly used in home offices and network closets.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e How much weight can the shelf safely hold? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 200 lb (90 kg), allowing you to consolidate multiple devices in a single, accessible wall-mounted platform.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is this shelf a good substitute for a full rack cabinet? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It provides a cost-effective, space-saving alternative when you don’t need a full rack enclosure or when floor space is limited.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can it be used in a home office or a network closet? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Absolutely. It’s designed for both environments, offering a versatile solution for organizing IT equipment at arm’s reach.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does installation require special tools? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Basic tools for wall mounting (screwdriver, level, and suitable anchors) are typically sufficient; always follow local building guidelines and use hardware appropriate for your wall type.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can I add additional shelves or accessories to expand this setup? \u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Depending on your space and mounting options, you can pair the shelf with other wall-mount accessories or additional shelving to grow your organized network space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909958099170,"sku":"6613836","price":161.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284338_2cdc276d-2bf0-4a4f-9056-17ab3505c9f3.jpg?v=1755357453"},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-1-port-usb-over-cat5-cat6-extender-kit-plug-and-play-international-plug-adapters-164-ft-50-m-taa","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series 1-Port USB over Cat5\/Cat6 Extender Kit - Plug and Play, International Plug Adapters, 164 ft. (50 m), TAA","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eUnlock seamless USB access across your workspace with the Eaton Tripp Lite Series 1-Port USB over Cat5\/Cat6 Extender Kit. Designed for homes, small offices, and enterprise environments, this plug-and-play USB extender lets you connect a USB-A port on your computer or laptop to a peripheral located up to 164 feet (50 meters) away. It’s the perfect solution when a printer, webcam, external hard drive, or other USB device needs to be physically distant from the host PC—without sacrificing performance or reliability. Built to withstand the demands of modern workspaces, this extender is a practical, cost-effective upgrade that enhances productivity and reduces clutter by eliminating the need to move devices or sit directly at the computer.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance that changes how you design your workspace: Extend a USB-A port up to 164 feet (50 meters) over standard Cat5\/Cat6 Ethernet cabling, enabling flexible printer placement, centralized USB hubs, or remote access to USB peripherals wherever you need them. This extended range is ideal for conference rooms, production floors, classrooms, or home offices where devices must stay out of reach yet remain fully functional. By leveraging existing cabling infrastructure, you can minimize cable clutter and optimize room layouts while preserving reliable USB performance across long distances.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play simplicity with broad USB device compatibility: The B203-101-PNPINT extender kit is engineered for effortless setup—no drivers or software to install. Simply connect the transmitter to your computer’s USB-A port, connect the receiver to your USB peripheral, and link the two units with Cat5\/Cat6 cable. It supports a wide range of USB devices, including printers, cameras, scanners, external hard drives, and other USB peripherals. This makes it a versatile choice for offices that rely on shared devices, hot desks, or remote peripherals that need to be accessed from multiple workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInternational plug adapters and compliance: This extender kit includes international plug adapters, making it a strong fit for multinational offices, remote work sites, or travelers who need consistent USB extension performance across different regions. In addition to its plug-and-play convenience, the product is TAA-compliant, meeting procurement standards for government and contracted work. The combination of global adaptors and compliance ensures that you can deploy this extender in diverse environments with confidence, whether you’re setting up a local workstation or outfitting a global network of offices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRobust design for daily use and reliable performance: Built to deliver stable USB extension even in busy environments, the kit emphasizes reliability, ease of integration, and long-term value. Its compact transmitter and receiver units minimize footprint on desks and equipment racks, while high-quality connectors and durable cabling support consistent data integrity across long runs. Whether you’re connecting a busy office printer at the far end of a floor or keeping a webcam accessible in a conference room, this extender helps you maintain smooth workflow without the need to relocate devices or upgrade network infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCat5\/Cat6 cabling flexibility with easy installation for a wide range of setups: By operating over standard Cat5 or Cat6 Ethernet cables, this extender lets you repurpose existing network wiring for USB extensions, reducing installation costs and downtime. The kit is compatible with a variety of layouts, from simple straight runs to more complex installations that require routing around obstacles or through walls. For IT teams, this means quicker deployments, fewer material requirements, and a scalable approach to connecting distributed USB peripherals across an office or campus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series 1-Port USB over Cat5\/Cat6 Extender Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: B203-101-PNPINT 1-Port USB over Cat5\/Cat6 Extender Kit\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDistance: Extends a USB-A port up to 164 ft (50 m) over Cat5\/Cat6 cabling\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePorts: 1 USB-A host port at the local end and 1 USB-A device port at the remote end\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCabling: Uses standard Cat5\/Cat6 Ethernet cable (needs a continuous run between transmitter and receiver)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower and operation: Plug-and-play, no software or drivers required; typically bus-powered by USB, with external power only if your USB device requires more power than the bus can provide\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompliance and compatibility: TAA-compliant; designed to work with standard USB peripherals such as printers, webcams, external hard drives, and other USB devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Series 1-Port USB over Cat5\/Cat6 Extender Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the workspace by ensuring you have a clean, accessible path for the Cat5\/Cat6 cable between the computer and the USB device location.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the transmitter unit to the computer’s USB-A port using the included USB cable, placing the transmitter in a well-ventilated, unobstructed area near the PC.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the receiver unit to the USB device you want to access remotely (printer, webcam, external drive, etc.). Ensure the USB device is powered if required by its own specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRun a Cat5\/Cat6 patch cable from the transmitter to the receiver, avoiding kinks and ensuring a solid connection at both ends. Use cable routing that minimizes interference and protects the wires from damage.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the USB device and verify that the host PC recognizes the remote USB device. If the device does not enumerate immediately, check the Cat5\/Cat6 link, reconnect cables, and confirm that the device is powered as needed. In standard office setups, no software installation is required, and the device should be ready to use once connected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the maximum distance supported by this USB extender?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The extender supports USB connectivity over Cat5\/Cat6 cabling up to 164 feet (50 meters), enabling flexible placement of USB devices across large rooms, floors, or office layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need drivers or software to use this extender?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No. The kit is designed to be plug-and-play, requiring no software or driver installation. It uses standard USB functionality, so most USB peripherals will work without additional configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Which USB devices are compatible with the extender?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The extender supports standard USB peripherals including printers, webcams, external hard drives, scanners, and other USB devices that connect via a USB-A port. Some very high-power devices may require external power, depending on the device’s power needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the extender suitable for international offices?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The kit includes international plug adapters and is TAA-compliant, making it suitable for global deployments and government procurement where required.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use this extender with USB-C devices?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The extender provides a USB-A connection at the host and device ends. USB-C devices will work if they use a USB-A adapter or through a USB-A peripheral that connects to the extender; a direct USB-C connection to the host is not supported without an adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need a network switch or router?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No. This is a USB extension solution that operates over Cat5\/Cat6 cabling and does not require any network infrastructure, switches, or routers for basic USB device extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909958197474,"sku":"6564907","price":165.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284337_e7c80c47-6461-4612-b07b-529666af6ea2.jpg?v=1755357445"},{"product_id":"viewsonic-mounting-bracket-for-touchscreen-monitor-display-stand-black","title":"ViewSonic Mounting Bracket for Touchscreen Monitor, Display Stand - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your workspace with the ViewSonic STND-060 mounting bracket, designed to cradle the 24\" ViewSonic ID2456 interactive pen display while delivering unmatched flexibility and ergonomic comfort. This sleek podium stand transforms a fixed screen into an adaptable toolbox for collaboration, training sessions, retail demos, or design reviews. With multi-axis adjustability that includes tilt, swivel, and height movement, you can tailor the display angle to the task at hand and to the posture that keeps you comfortable through long workdays. The STND-060 keeps your desk footprint compact and tidy, so you can create a clean, distraction-free environment while still having rapid access to your touchscreen. Its sturdy construction pairs metal reliability with a professionally understated black finish, making it a versatile addition to classrooms, offices, studios, and control rooms alike. For teams that demand quick, precise adjustments and dependable support, this mounting bracket is built to perform without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe STND-060 serves as an ergonomic podium stand specially built for the 24\" ViewSonic ID2456 interactive pen display. Its design centers around comfortable reach and easy access, enabling you to tilt and swivel the screen to the best viewing angle for writers, presenters, teachers, and collaborative teams. With intuitive, tool-free adjustments, you can switch from a focused, direct-view stance to a shared screen setup in moments, ensuring that everyone at the table or in the room can engage with the display without craning or twisting. This flexibility is essential for classrooms and meeting rooms where dynamic setups are common and time is of the essence.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKey to practical everyday use is the combination of tilt, swivel, and height adjustments. The STND-060 gives you precise control over the screen plane, allowing you to reduce glare, optimize contrast, and align the display with your seating arrangement. Whether you’re standing at a whiteboard, seated at a conference table, or leaning in for a closer look at a design mockup, the mount supports natural movement and steady positioning. The result is improved posture, reduced neck strain, and a more efficient workflow as you navigate touch interactions and on-screen collaboration with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility at 100 x 100 mm ensures broad compatibility with the ID2456 and other displays that share the same pattern. The simple, secure mounting system provides reliable support while preserving the clean lines of your workstation. The black finish complements contemporary aesthetics, from executive desks to classroom technology carts, and blends seamlessly with other ViewSonic products. The solid construction is designed to withstand the rigors of daily use in busy environments, from classrooms to service counters, without compromising on steadiness or responsiveness when you adjust the screen.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesigned for compact efficiency, this mounting bracket emphasizes a low-profile silhouette that keeps critical desk space free for keyboards, notebooks, or other peripherals. The STND-060’s footprint is optimized for desks and podiums where space is at a premium, yet you still require reliable, quick-access positioning for demonstrations or hands-on learning. The cable management-friendly design helps maintain a tidy workstation, enabling neat routing of power and data cables to reduce tangling and common desk clutter that can hinder collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWith an 11 lb (approximately 5 kg) weight capacity, the STND-060 provides robust support for the ID2456 interactive display while still leaving headroom for light accessories or protective cases. This balance ensures stable operation during touch interactions, even when the screen is angled for optimal visibility. The combination of strong materials, precise fittings, and careful engineering means that you can adjust the screen with one hand and rely on consistent resistance and stability as you work through documents, sketches, or instructional content with your audience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of ViewSonic STND-060\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: STND-060\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDisplay compatibility: 24\" ViewSonic ID2456 interactive pen display\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA pattern: 100 x 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: Up to 11 lbs (5 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting type: Desk podium stand for touchscreen monitors\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder-coated metal\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel\/aluminum alloy construction for durable support\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjustment: Tilt, swivel, and height adjustment to fine-tune viewing angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install ViewSonic STND-060\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlace the STND-060 on a stable desk or podium surface, ensuring the base is clean and level. Clear the area around the mount to provide space for the display and to allow comfortable adjustment during setup. This creates a solid foundation for the display so you can perform a confident final positioning once the screen is mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAlign the ID2456 display’s mounting holes with the STND-060’s VESA plate. The 100 x 100 mm pattern is designed to mate cleanly with standard VESA-compliant screws, which minimizes the guesswork and speeds up installation. Make sure the screen is oriented in the correct portrait or landscape configuration for your workflow before attaching the screws.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecure the display to the mounting bracket using the appropriate screws and spacers included with the STND-060 or compatible VESA hardware. Tighten the screws evenly in a cross- pattern to ensure a balanced connection and prevent tilt or wobble. Double-check that the connection is firm but not overtightened, which could strip threads or damage mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWith the screen attached, adjust the height, tilt, and swivel to your preferred position. Begin with a neutral stance and make incremental adjustments to reduce glare and optimize line of sight. If your environment shifts—such as moving from a seated to a standing position—revisit the adjustments to maintain ergonomic comfort and screen visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTest the setup by performing light touch interactions on the ID2456 to confirm smooth operation and stability. Ensure cables are neatly routed and do not strain the mounting hardware. If necessary, re-tighten mounting screws and re-check balance to secure long-term performance and safety for ongoing use in classrooms, offices, or workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the ViewSonic STND-060 compatible with the 24\" ID2456 interactive pen display?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The mount is specifically designed for the 24\" ViewSonic ID2456 and uses the standard VESA 100 x 100 mm pattern to provide secure, reliable support.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the weight capacity of the STND-060?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The mounting bracket supports up to 11 lbs (approximately 5 kg). This makes it suitable for the ID2456 and similar 24\" touchscreen displays within the specified weight range.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I adjust height, tilt, and swivel with this mount?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. The STND-060 offers multi-axis adjustability, including tilt, swivel, and height adjustment, so you can optimize the viewing angle for comfort and collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What environments is this mounting bracket ideal for?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It’s well-suited for classrooms, training rooms, retail kiosks, design studios, corporate conference spaces, and control rooms—any setting that benefits from adjustable touchscreen positioning and a compact, professional look.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How easy is the installation?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Installation is designed to be straightforward with standard VESA mounting hardware and tool-free adjustments for the display once mounted. Ensure the base is stable and the screws are tightened evenly for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ViewSonic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909962129634,"sku":"7130199","price":101.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284477_67c9a4cd-494a-4566-bcf8-0521cd85f518.jpg?v=1755357343"},{"product_id":"rocstor-ergoreach-y10n020-s1-mounting-arm-for-flat-panel-display-curved-screen-display-monitor-silver-landscape-portrait","title":"Rocstor ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 Mounting Arm for Flat Panel Display, Curved Screen Display, Monitor - Silver - Landscape\/Portrait","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your workspace with the Rocstor ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 Mounting Arm, a premium aluminum solution designed for flat panel displays and curved screen monitors. This silver-toned, single ergonomic monitor arm is built to enhance productivity by delivering flexible, precise positioning that reduces neck and eye strain. Engineered to support substantial displays, it accommodates monitors up to 34 inches and up to 19.8 pounds per screen, making it an ideal choice for busy desks, home offices, and professional workstations where comfortable, efficient viewing is essential. The ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 blends robust construction with modern aesthetics, creating a dependable mounting system that helps you reclaim desk space and streamline your workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eErgonomic versatility for landscape and portrait views:\u003c\/b\u003e Enjoy multi-axis positioning that lets you rotate, tilt, and angle your monitor to your preferred eye level. This flexibility supports an ergonomic posture throughout long work sessions, helping to minimize neck strain and fatigue. A smooth, controlled range of motion ensures quick, stable adjustments without the monitor drifting out of alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBroad compatibility and impressive load capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to handle large displays, the ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 supports monitors up to 34 inches and up to 19.8 pounds per screen. This makes it suitable for a wide range of flat panel and curved displays, including high-resolution monitors and expansive productivity screens, while maintaining reliable balance and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePremium aluminum construction with a sleek silver finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted from durable premium aluminum, this mounting arm delivers lasting strength and a refined, contemporary look. The silver finish complements most office decors and pairs well with other desk equipment, providing a cohesive aesthetic across professional workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpace-saving design with tidy cable management:\u003c\/b\u003e By elevating your monitor off the desk surface, the ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 frees valuable workspace for documents, accessories, and devices. Integrated cable routing helps keep wires organized and out of the way, contributing to a cleaner, more productive environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple installation and reliable operation:\u003c\/b\u003e The arm is designed for straightforward installation and secure mounting to your desk, with tooling and hardware chosen to support quick setup and stable performance. Once installed, it offers dependable, steady positioning for daily use, with smooth motion that enhances your overall user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Rocstor ErgoReach Y10N020-S1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eProduct family: ErgoReach\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: Y10N020-S1\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Premium aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDisplay compatibility: Flat panel and curved screen displays\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaximum monitor size: Up to 34 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity per screen: Up to 19.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOrientation: Landscape and Portrait\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting type: Desk-mounted ergonomic monitor arm (design supports secure attachment and solid hold)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Rocstor ErgoReach Y10N020-S1\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack the ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 and verify all mounting hardware is present.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eChoose your preferred mounting method and secure the base to the desk using the included hardware. Ensure the surface is sturdy and able to support the combined weight of the monitor and arm.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the monitor mounting plate to your display using the appropriate VESA pattern and screws provided with your monitor (or your existing hardware if compatible).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the monitor bracket to the ErgoReach arm and tighten the joints to the recommended tension so the screen remains stable when moved.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute cables through the integrated management channels, adjust tension as needed, and test the range of motion to confirm smooth operation and secure hold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat screen sizes and weights does the Rocstor ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe arm is designed to support monitors up to 34 inches in size and up to 19.8 pounds per screen, making it suitable for a wide range of large flat panel and curved displays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCan I use this arm in both landscape and portrait orientations?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The ErgoReach Y10N020-S1 is built to accommodate both landscape and portrait viewing to fit your preferred workflow and ergonomic setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat material is the arm made from and what color is it?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe arm is crafted from premium aluminum and finished in silver, delivering durability with a modern, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs installation difficult?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The installation is designed to be straightforward, with clear mounting instructions and hardware included to secure the arm to your desk and attach your monitor.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWill this arm work with curved displays?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The You can mount curved screen displays up to the specified size and weight capacity, allowing you to enjoy ergonomic benefits for curved monitors as well as flat panels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Rocstor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909969961186,"sku":"9199560","price":67.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284710_af7ae5a1-7a52-4581-88a9-88bc23d60d61.jpg?v=1755166826"},{"product_id":"vertiv-liebert-rack-mount-brackets-2u-shelf-support-gxt5-ups-up-to-3kva","title":"Vertiv Liebert Rack Mount Brackets - 2U Shelf Support | GXT5 UPS up to 3kVA","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Vertiv Liebert rack mount brackets are a purpose-built 2U shelf support solution designed to securely install Vertiv Liebert GXT UPS systems and battery cabinets into a standard 19-inch, two-post telecom\/relay rack. This compact mounting kit—commonly referenced as the 2UTELECOMRKIT—brings professional-grade reliability to power protection deployments in data centers, server rooms, and network closets. Built to streamline installation and maximize uptime, these center-mount brackets deliver a stable, clean, and accessible layout for your Vertiv Liebert GXT series equipment, including models up to 3 kVA such as the GXT5. With a focus on ease-of-use, durability, and rack compatibility, this kit makes it straightforward to convert free-standing UPS units into a neatly integrated, rack-ready solution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility and scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically designed to mount one 2U Vertiv Liebert GXT2, GXT3, or GXT4 UPS System or Battery Cabinet, with extended applicability to GXT5 models up to 3 kVA. This makes it an ideal, universal 2U rack solution for mixed GXT deployments where space, accessibility, and protection are critical.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2U center-mount design:\u003c\/b\u003e The kit uses two sturdy metal brackets that center-mount the UPS within the 19-inch rack. Center mounting ensures balanced load distribution, reduces side-to-side stress on rails, and provides symmetrical access to rear cables and front panel controls for maintenance and monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e19-inch, 2-post rack compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered for standard 19-inch telecom\/relay racks with 2-post configurations, this kit is perfect for data centers and network closets that rely on widely used rack dimensions. The design prioritizes compatibility with existing rack rails while preserving clear door access and cable management paths.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable construction and long-term reliability:\u003c\/b\u003e Constructed from robust metal with a protective finish, the brackets resist wear in busy environments. The rugged build supports dependable performance in daily hot-swapping, routine maintenance, and long service life, helping to safeguard your critical power infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple, tool-efficient installation:\u003c\/b\u003e The two-bracket configuration is designed for straightforward installation, enabling technicians to mount the UPS quickly into a rack using standard hardware. The kit is optimized to minimize installation time while maximizing alignment accuracy and equipment stability, letting you deploy protection faster and with fewer hassles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Vertiv Liebert Rack Mount Brackets - 2U Shelf Support\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/b\u003e Rack mounting kit with two center-mount brackets for 19-inch racks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Vertiv Liebert GXT2, GXT3, GXT4 UPS systems and battery cabinets; compatible with GXT5 UPS units up to 3 kVA.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRack specification:\u003c\/b\u003e 19-inch wide telecom\/relay racks; 2-post configurations supported.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHeight requirement:\u003c\/b\u003e 2U height profile to fit into standard 2U rack spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial and finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Durable metal brackets with a protective finish designed for reliability in data-center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Vertiv Liebert Rack Mount Brackets\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the rack and equipment:\u003c\/b\u003e Power down the UPS and disconnect any connected devices to ensure safe handling. If your rack has existing brackets or rails, ensure they are compatible with the 2U center-mount design or remove them according to your facility’s procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePosition the brackets:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the two metal brackets with the sides of the Vertiv Liebert GXT UPS or battery cabinet. The center-mount design should align with the vertical centerline of the 19-inch rack to maintain balanced weight distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAttach the brackets to the UPS:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the brackets to the sides of the UPS unit using the appropriate hardware. If your kit and UPS shipment include mounting screws or spacers, use them as directed by your rack policy and hardware guidelines. Ensure the brackets are firmly tightened but avoid over-tightening to prevent deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSlide into the rack:\u003c\/b\u003e With the brackets secured to the UPS, carefully lift and slide the assembled unit into the 19-inch rack rails. Verify that the unit sits evenly in the rack and that cables have sufficient clearance for front panel access and rear cabling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure and manage cables:\u003c\/b\u003e Once the UPS is positioned, fasten the brackets to the rack posts if applicable, then route and secure power and data cables. Maintain clean cable management paths to promote airflow, reduce wear, and simplify maintenance tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower up and verify:\u003c\/b\u003e Reconnect all power and communication lines, restore power, and test the UPS startup sequence to confirm proper operation and rack stability. Confirm that the front panel indicators and software interfaces reflect the correct status for efficient monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices does this rack mount kit support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It supports one 2U Vertiv Liebert GXT2, GXT3, GXT4 UPS systems or battery cabinets, and is compatible with GXT5 units up to 3 kVA.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What rack type is required?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: A standard 19-inch, 2-post telecom\/relay rack is required for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the kit include mounting screws?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The kit includes two center-mount brackets. Mounting hardware is typically provided with the UPS or rack kit; refer to your purchase packaging for included screws or spacers. If not included, use appropriate rack hardware per your facility’s standards.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the installation color or finish important for compatibility?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The brackets are designed with a durable finish to ensure corrosion resistance and long-term reliability in data-center environments. Finish color is typically a standard rack-mount gray that matches common Vertiv Liebert equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mount the UPS without tools?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The installation generally requires basic tools consistent with standard rack mounting procedures. While the kit is designed for straightforward installation, having the appropriate screwdriver or driver and the provided hardware will help ensure a secure fit and proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Liebert","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909972975842,"sku":"5467267","price":90.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284778_0252c876-2f06-4422-b2b2-a23eea240eb8.jpg?v=1755357334"},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-safe-it-precision-placement-dual-display-desk-clamp-or-grommet-with-antimicrobial-tape-for-17-to-35-displays-usb-ports","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Safe-IT Precision-Placement Dual-Display Desk Clamp or Grommet with Antimicrobial Tape for 17? to 35? Displays, USB Ports","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eElevate your workstation with the Safe-IT Precision-Placement Dual-Display Mount\u003c\/b\u003e from Eaton Tripp Lite. This rugged aluminum mounting solution lifts two monitors above your desk, freeing up precious surface area while delivering precise, effortless alignment. Designed for modern workspaces, it supports both desk clamp and grommet installations, giving you flexible mounting options that adapt to your setup. The integrated antimicrobial tape helps maintain a cleaner work environment, while built-in USB ports provide convenient peripheral connectivity. Perfect for home offices, design studios, trading desks, or shared workstations, this mount delivers steady, professional performance for demanding users who insist on clean lines, robust construction, and precise control over monitor positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrecision placement for ergonomics\u003c\/b\u003e — dual-display arms offer fluid, precise adjustability to set the perfect line of sight and reduce neck strain, enabling comfortable viewing angles for long work sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile mounting options\u003c\/b\u003e — choose between a sturdy desk clamp or a clean, cable-friendly grommet mount to fit virtually any desk thickness and layout, from standing desks to compact workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRugged aluminum construction\u003c\/b\u003e — built to endure daily use, resist wear, and maintain stable positioning even in high-traffic environments, ensuring reliable performance over years of use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAntimicrobial tape for cleaner surfaces\u003c\/b\u003e — integrated antimicrobial tape adds an extra layer of protection against germs on the contact surfaces where your monitors and mounts are touched most often.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eBuilt-in USB ports and cable management\u003c\/b\u003e — convenient USB connectivity at hand and organized routing through integrated channels keeps your desk neat and accessible, reducing clutter and improving workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Safe-IT Dual-Display Desk Clamp or Grommet\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel\u003c\/b\u003e: Safe-IT Dual-Display Desk Clamp or Grommet, compatible with 17\"–35\" displays per arm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDisplay compatibility\u003c\/b\u003e: Supports both flat-panel and curved-screen monitors with standard VESA patterns (75x75 mm and 100x100 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting options\u003c\/b\u003e: Desktop clamp or grommet mount for flexible installation on a wide range of desks and table setups\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConstruction\u003c\/b\u003e: Rugged aluminum build designed for durability, stability, and long life in busy work environments\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHygiene feature\u003c\/b\u003e: Antimicrobial tape integrated into contact surfaces to help reduce the spread of germs on frequently touched areas\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUSB connectivity\u003c\/b\u003e: Built-in USB ports for convenient peripheral connections without cluttering the workspace\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustability\u003c\/b\u003e: Precise tilt, swivel, and rotation to achieve optimal viewing angles and ergonomic comfort for both displays\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable management\u003c\/b\u003e: Thoughtful cable routing with integrated channels and clips to keep cords neat and out of the way\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplications\u003c\/b\u003e: Ideal for home offices, corporate desks, education labs, design studios, and any setup requiring raised, space-saving displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Safe-IT Dual-Display Desk Clamp or Grommet\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the Safe-IT Dual-Display Mount is designed to be straightforward, with a focus on quick setup and reliable, long-term performance. Follow these steps to secure your two displays in a precise, clutter-free configuration:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack and inspect the mount components, ensuring you have the desk clamp or grommet hardware, two monitor arms, VESA adapters, mounting plates, and all fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDetermine your preferred mounting method and prepare the desk surface. If using the desk clamp, ensure there is sufficient edge clearance for a secure grip. If using the grommet option, select a suitable hole location that won't interfere with cables or desk structure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the base to the desk either by clamping to the edge or by inserting the grommet anchor through the desk hole. Tighten securely to eliminate play and wobble.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount each monitor arm to the base and attach each monitor to its respective VESA plate (75x75 mm or 100x100 mm). Ensure the mounts are level and evenly positioned to create a balanced dual-monitor setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the displays' video cables and the USB peripherals to the built-in USB ports. Route all cables through the integrated channels, using the clips to maintain a tidy workspace. Finally, adjust tilt, swivel, and rotation to achieve comfortable, ergonomic viewing angles for each monitor.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower up your workstation and verify that both displays are recognized by your computer. Fine-tune positioning as needed to align with your natural posture and desk height. Periodically inspect fasteners and joints to maintain optimum stability over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What monitor sizes does Safe-IT support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is designed for dual displays in the 17\"–35\" range per screen, accommodating a wide variety of common business and consumer monitors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Which VESA patterns are supported?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mount is compatible with standard VESA patterns of 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm for secure attachment of most 17\"–35\" displays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mount this on a standing desk?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The dual-arm design accommodates desk clamps and grommet installations, making it suitable for sit-stand workstations as long as stock thickness and stability requirements are met.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the product include antimicrobial tape?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The mount features integrated antimicrobial tape on contact surfaces to help minimize microbial transfer on frequently touched areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are USB ports included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The unit provides built-in USB ports to connect peripherals conveniently without reaching to the back of the computer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45909993980130,"sku":"6370470","price":377.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175285314_9f043ac0-cded-4b9e-a660-dd48834de8ef.jpg?v=1755357446"},{"product_id":"compulocks-galaxy-tab-a7-lite-8-7-space-enclosure-core-counter-stand-or-wall-mount-black","title":"Compulocks Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" Space Enclosure Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Compulocks Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" Space Enclosure with Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount in Black is built for peak retail performance and everyday reliability. Crafted from high-grade aluminum, this enclosure delivers a premium look that complements any storefront, reception area, or service desk while providing robust protection for the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite. Its Space Enclosure design keeps the tablet securely housed yet highly accessible for customers and staff, enabling quick transactions, streamlined check-ins, and effortless guest interactions. The accompanying Core Stand further enhances usability by offering a clutter-free footprint and a secure mounting solution that can be configured as a counter stand or wall mount, giving you maximum flexibility with minimal visual noise. Designed for busy environments—POS stands, customer service kiosks, hospitality check-ins, and retail displays—the system blends security, style, and smart engineering to elevate the customer experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePremium materials for long-lasting durability\u003c\/b\u003e — The enclosure is machined from high-grade aluminum with a durable finish that resists wear and tear in high-traffic spaces. This sturdy construction not only protects the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite from daily knocks and bumps but also maintains a sleek, professional appearance across months of constant use. The robust build supports reliable performance in POS stations, check-in kiosks, hospitality desks, and retail environments, ensuring the device remains secure while looking premium.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible mounting options for space optimization\u003c\/b\u003e — The Space Enclosure is designed to maximize floor and counter space. It pairs with the Core Counter Stand to offer effortless counter placement or can be wall-mounted to save valuable surface area. Whether you’re aiming for an eye-level customer interaction point or a discreet installation behind a cash wrap, this system adapts to your environment and workflow, reducing clutter and improving staff efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity you can rely on\u003c\/b\u003e — The enclosure incorporates quick-locking mechanisms and tamper-conscious design elements to deter theft and casual tampering. The Core Stand provides a secure mounting solution that facilitates fast locking and unlocking during shift changes, enabling seamless staff handoffs. Retailers, hospitality venues, and healthcare facilities benefit from enhanced device security without compromising accessibility for legitimate use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEffortless maintenance and easy access to devices\u003c\/b\u003e — The design prioritizes simple service and routine maintenance. Access ports and cable management are thoughtfully integrated to minimize disassembly while preserving a clean, professional appearance. The enclosure makes charging and data connectivity straightforward, with clean cable routing that keeps cords organized behind the scenes and out of customer sightlines — ideal for front-desk check-ins, queue management, and self-service kiosks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePerfect for a wide range of deployments\u003c\/b\u003e — With its universal appeal and tidy aesthetic, this combo is ideal for POS stands, retail displays, customer service desks, check-in stations, and hospitality environments. The 8.7\" Galaxy Tab A7 Lite fits snugly inside, offering a device-specific solution that preserves screen visibility and touch responsiveness while delivering security and professional presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" Space Enclosure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eGet this information from the \"specifications\" section of the product from https:\/\/ec.synnex.com\/ using product \"UPC\" or \"SKU\" as reference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Compulocks Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" Space Enclosure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack the Space Enclosure and Core Counter Stand, verify that all mounting hardware is present, and choose your installation method (counter stand or wall mount) based on your space requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite for installation by ensuring the tablet is clean, properly oriented, and ready to slide into the enclosure. Power down the device if required by your deployment protocol before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the enclosure to the Core Counter Stand if you are using the counter setup. Ensure the enclosure is securely fastened to the stand, then route cables through the integrated channels to minimize clutter and prevent accidental disconnections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFor wall-mount installations, mount the Core Stand-and-Enclosure assembly to the selected wall surface using appropriate anchors and screws. Confirm the mounting is level and secure before inserting the tablet. Route cables neatly to keep the wall display tidy and safe from tampering.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite into the Space Enclosure, secure any locking mechanism as specified by the product, and perform a final check to ensure the touchscreen remains responsive and cables are unobstructed. Test the stand and mount by gently applying pressure in multiple directions to confirm stability, then power on and verify device functionality at the mounted position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" compatible with this enclosure?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The Space Enclosure is designed specifically for the Galaxy Tab A7 Lite 8.7\" and provides secure housing with easy access for servicing and usage in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use the enclosure on a wall or only on a counter?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Core Stand supports both counter stand and wall-mount configurations, giving you the flexibility to choose the placement that best fits your space and workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What security features are included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The enclosure offers quick-locking options and a secure mounting design to deter tampering and theft while remaining easy for authorized staff to access for updates or servicing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are there accessible ports for charging or peripherals?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The design accommodates clean cable management and provides access to essential ports while keeping cables organized and out of sight beyond the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this solution suitable for retail checkout areas?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The combination of a premium aluminum enclosure, space-saving design, and secure mounting makes it ideal for POS stands, kiosks, check-in desks, and other customer-facing applications in retail, hospitality, and service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910010233058,"sku":"7674826","price":167.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175285627_7afdf128-84dc-4b0f-8747-9d6547aee957.jpg?v=1755168822"},{"product_id":"atdec-th-full-motion-wall-mount-loads-up-to-55lb-vesa-up-to-200x200","title":"Atdec TH full motion wall mount - Loads up to 55lb - VESA up to 200x200","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe TH full motion wall mount from Atdec delivers premium versatility without compromising on aesthetics. Designed for durability and refined style, this mount is crafted from die-cast aluminum to provide a robust chassis that stands up to daily use in homes, offices, hospitality spaces, and retail environments. The TH-1040-VFM profile pairs a sleek, minimal silhouette with a powerful range of motion, enabling precise positioning for comfortable viewing from any seating area. With a generous load capacity of up to 55 pounds and compatibility with VESA patterns up to 200 x 200 mm, this mount offers broad compatibility while keeping cables neatly tucked away for a clean, professional look. Three pivot points plus a ball joint deliver nearly infinite adjustability, letting you tailor tilt, pan, and portrait-to-landscape rotation for optimal ergonomics and viewing experiences. The Smooth Glide™ thrust-bearing mechanism ensures smooth, fluid movement with minimal resistance, so you can reposition your display with confidence and accuracy, every time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eFull-motion capability with three pivot points and a ball joint mechanism provides near-infinite tilt, pan, and portrait-to-landscape rotation for precise viewing from any seat in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDie-cast aluminum construction delivers robust strength with a sleek, modern silhouette that complements contemporary displays and interior designs while resisting everyday wear.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eImpressive weight capacity up to 55 lb (25 kg) and VESA compatibility up to 200 x 200 mm, enabling broad compatibility with many small-to-mid size displays and professional panels.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSmooth Glide™ thrust-bearing mechanism delivers precise, fluid movement with minimal resistance, reducing wobble and helping you maintain perfect alignment after adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompact wall profile with intelligent cable routing and clean lines makes it ideal for living rooms, conference spaces, clinics, and hospitality environments where aesthetics matter as much as performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Atdec TH full motion wall mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: TH-1040-VFM\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConstruction: Die-cast aluminum for enhanced durability and a premium feel\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: Up to 55 lb (25 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: Up to 200 x 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMovement: Three pivot points with a ball joint for tilt, pan, and portrait\/landscape rotation\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMotion technology: Smooth Glide™ thrust-bearing mechanism enables smooth, controlled movement\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Designed for a modern, understated look that blends with most environments\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Suitable for a wide range of displays that fall within the stated weight and VESA specifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Atdec TH full motion wall mount\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eBefore you begin, locate wall studs or assess the wall type to ensure it can safely support the combined weight of the mount and your display (up to 55 lb). Gather the provided mounting hardware and any wall anchors appropriate for your surface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMark and attach the wall plate or mounting plate to the wall, using level measurements to ensure the plate sits perfectly flat. Confirm that the plate is securely anchored into studs or structural supports to prevent movement over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting arms or bracket to your display using the VESA pattern up to 200 x 200 mm, following the display manufacturer’s installation instructions or the included hardware guide.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCarefully lift and align the display with the wall plate, engaging the mounting interface as designed. Secure the display and verify that all screws are tightened to the recommended torque to prevent slippage.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute cables through the built-in channels as needed, restore power, and test the full range of motion. Adjust tilt, pan, and rotation to achieve your preferred orientation, and re-tighten any fasteners if the movement feels loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What is the maximum weight this mount can support? A: Up to 55 pounds (25 kilograms).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What VESA patterns are compatible? A: VESA patterns up to 200 x 200 millimeters are supported.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I use this mount in both portrait and landscape orientations? A: Yes. The three pivot points and ball joint enable tilt, pan, and rotation between portrait and landscape positions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What material is used in the construction? A: The mount is built from die-cast aluminum for strength and a premium look.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is installation easy for a typical homeowner? A: With the included hardware and straightforward steps, most users can mount the Atdec TH full motion wall mount using standard tools, provided the wall is properly prepared to support the load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Atdec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910022717666,"sku":"2881509","price":231.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175285846_d8a42faa-a09b-4f6a-9647-bcc7035a50e6.jpg?v=1755169347"},{"product_id":"compulocks-vesa-flex-arm-mount-white","title":"compulocks-vesa-flex--arm-mount-white","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Compulocks VESA Flex Arm Mount White combines sturdy construction, versatile positioning, and intelligent cable management to deliver a superior mounting solution for any high-traffic environment. Built with high-grade steel and finished in a clean white that complements modern interiors, this security arm is designed to withstand daily use in education, healthcare, corporate offices, retail spaces, and point-of-sale setups. The standout feature—an innovative bendable arm with a dedicated cable management path—lets you position displays and devices precisely where they’re needed while keeping cords neatly tucked away and protected from damage. Whether you’re equipping a classroom with interactive panels, supporting a healthcare kiosk, or configuring a checkout station, this mount delivers reliability, security, and convenience in one compact package.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible, bendable arm for precise positioning:\u003c\/b\u003e The smart flex arm lets you tailor the viewing angle and reach of your display or device with ease. Ideal for shared workstations, student desks, kiosks, and reception areas, the bendable design holds its position once set, reducing drift and maintaining ergonomic comfort for users across shifts and tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNew cable management feature—pass wires through the arm itself:\u003c\/b\u003e Say goodbye to cluttered counters and exposed cables. The integrated cable management path guides power, data, and accessory cables neatly through the arm, protecting lines from wear and tear while delivering a cleaner, safer installation for classrooms, clinics, retail counters, and POS terminals.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust security and durability:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted from high-grade steel, the Flex Arm Mount is built to resist daily abuse and tampering in demanding environments. Its solid construction provides dependable support for displays, tablets, and POS devices, helping you secure valuable equipment against accidental bumps and tampering in busy spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWide compatibility with VESA mounting standards:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to support a broad range of displays and devices that use standard VESA patterns, this mount is suitable for mid-size monitors, point-of-sale terminals, and other compatible devices. The secure mounting system ensures stable performance while offering flexible placement to accommodate various workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple, reliable installation for fast deployments:\u003c\/b\u003e Whether you’re outfitting a classroom, clinic, office, or storefront, this mount is engineered for straightforward setup and long-term reliability. The combination of a bendable arm, cable management, and steel construction helps you deploy quickly and maintain a clean, professional appearance over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of compulocks-vesa-flex--arm-mount-white\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/b\u003e High-grade steel for strength and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e White.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e VESA-compatible mounting patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eArm type:\u003c\/b\u003e Bendable\/flex arm designed to hold position after adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable management:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated path to pass wires through the arm for a clean installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eApplications:\u003c\/b\u003e Education, health-care, corporate, retail, and point of sale environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUse environment:\u003c\/b\u003e Indoor, tamper-resistant mounting solution suitable for high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNotes:\u003c\/b\u003e Specific weight capacity, exact VESA patterns, and dimensions may vary by model and installation; refer to official specifications for precise figures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install compulocks-vesa-flex--arm-mount-white\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1. Choose your mounting location:\u003c\/b\u003e Identify a sturdy wall, workstation, or stand with access to necessary power and data outlets. Ensure the surface can support the weight of the mounted device and is within reach of cables you plan to route through the arm.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2. Verify device compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Check that your display or device uses a standard VESA mounting pattern and that the weight is within the mount’s supported range. Prepare the appropriate mounting screws and washers for your device and surface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e3. Attach the base or mounting plate:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the base or mounting plate to the chosen surface using the supplied hardware. Ensure the mount is level and firmly anchored before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e4. Connect the bendable arm:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach the bendable arm to the base or plate according to the product’s orientation and alignment marks. Tighten all fasteners securely so the arm holds its position reliably after adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e5. Attach the device to the arm:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the device’s mounting holes with the VESA pattern on the arm or quick-connect interface. Secure with the appropriate screws, ensuring even tightening to prevent device tilt or wobble.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e6. Route cables through the arm:\u003c\/b\u003e Feed power and data cables through the arm’s internal channel and out to the corresponding outlets or connectors. Keep cables untangled and avoid sharp folds that could damage the wiring.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e7. Adjust and secure positioning:\u003c\/b\u003e Move the arm to your desired position and lock it in place. Check for stability by applying gentle pressure in various directions to confirm the device remains in the selected position.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e8. Perform a final safety check:\u003c\/b\u003e Ensure all fasteners are tight, cables are properly routed, and there is no interference with connectors or mounting hardware. Test device operation to confirm proper alignment and accessibility for users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What displays or devices are compatible with the VESA Flex Arm Mount?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The mount is designed for standard VESA-compatible patterns. Always verify your device’s VESA pattern and weight rating against the mount’s specifications before installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How does the cable management feature work?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The arm includes an integrated channel that allows you to route power and data cables through the arm itself, helping to keep cords organized and protected from wear during daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation suitable for non-technical users?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The design emphasizes straightforward mounting with clear alignment references. Basic hand tools and following the included steps should be sufficient for a secure installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can the arm support frequent repositioning in a busy environment?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The bendable arm is engineered to hold its position after adjustment, providing stable support in environments with regular use and frequent re-positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are additional accessories or hardware required?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The description covers the core mounting hardware, but depending on your installation surface and device, some additional screws, anchors, or accessories may be needed. Check your order specifications for exact contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910030123234,"sku":"4346653","price":139.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175285966_77b542b0-cd81-42ab-8f55-c1b029e7166d.jpg?v=1755357300"},{"product_id":"tripp-lite-by-eaton-smartrack-4-post-1u-universal-adjustable-shelf-kit-for-wall-mount-racks","title":"Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack 4-Post 1U Universal Adjustable Shelf Kit for Wall-Mount Racks","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize the value of your wall-mount rack with the Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack 4-Post 1U Universal Adjustable Shelf Kit. Built for reliability in data centers, home labs, garages, and office closets, this shelf kit delivers sturdy, adjustable support for heavy 19\" rack-mount gear up to 150 pounds. Designed to integrate seamlessly with EIA-standard 19-inch wall-mount enclosures, it helps you organize, secure, and optimize your equipment while preserving airflow and accessibility. Whether you’re mounting a UPS, PDU, power strip, or other 1U rack-mount components, this shelf kit provides a stable, adaptable foundation that grows with your expanding rack setup. The two adjustable mounting rails ensure level alignment and secure attachment, so you can install with confidence and minimal downtime. With its rugged steel construction and durable black powder-coated finish, this kit stands up to the demands of busy network closets and mission-critical spaces, offering long-lasting performance and a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity up to 150 pounds, making it ideal for UPS units, PDUs, and other heavy 19\" rack-mount gear. The universal design and sturdy rails prevent sagging and maintain equipment alignment even in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes two adjustable mounting rails that attach to the mounting rails of EIA-standard 19\" wall-mount enclosures for secure, level mounting. This swap-friendly system makes it easy to retrofit existing racks without custom hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRugged steel construction with a durable black powder-coated finish delivers long-lasting support in demanding environments. The finish resists corrosion and wear, helping maintain a professional look over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal 1U shelf height with adjustable depth to accommodate varying equipment sizes and depths inside the enclosure. This versatility is ideal for mixed racks where space optimization and cable management matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple, tool-efficient installation with included mounting hardware, designed for quick setup in office, data center, or lab spaces. Clear hardware, straightforward mounting, and compatibility with standard 19\" enclosures minimize downtime during deployment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack 4-Post 1U Universal Adjustable Shelf Kit for Wall-Mount Racks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: up to 150 lb (68 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure compatibility: EIA-standard 19-inch wall-mount enclosures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: heavy-duty steel with black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRail system: two adjustable mounting rails for secure attachment to 19\" wall-mount racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit height: 1U shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth adjustability: adjustable to accommodate equipment depth and cabling requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded hardware: mounting rails and necessary screws\/fittings for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack 4-Post 1U Universal Adjustable Shelf Kit for Wall-Mount Racks\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 1: Prepare the enclosure. Ensure the wall-mount rack or cabinet is powered down, with access to the inner mounting rails. Clear the area around the enclosure to provide room for rail installation and equipment handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 2: Position the adjustable mounting rails. Align the two rails with the existing EIA-standard 19\" mounting rails inside the enclosure. Use a level if available to confirm that both rails are perfectly parallel to avoid tilt of installed equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 3: Attach the rails. Secure the adjustable mounting rails to the enclosure using the hardware provided with the kit. Tighten all fasteners evenly and verify that both rails are firmly anchored and free of play that could affect stability or alignment of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 4: Set the shelf depth. Slide the shelf onto the mounted rails and adjust its depth to match the space available inside the enclosure and the depth of your equipment. The adjustable design helps ensure there is adequate clearance for cables, ventilation, and future expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 5: Load and secure the equipment. Place your 1U UPS, PDU, or other compatible rack-mount component onto the shelf. If the kit includes stops or additional fasteners, install them per the product instructions to prevent movement. Check the level, confirm cable routing is tidy, and verify that airflow around the equipment remains unobstructed.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the weight capacity of the shelf kit?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports up to 150 pounds (68 kg) of equipment, providing a robust platform for heavy UPS units, PDUs, and other 19\" rack-mount components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What enclosures is it compatible with?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The kit is designed for EIA-standard 19-inch wall-mount enclosures and uses universal adjustable rails to secure the shelf inside the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What equipment can be mounted on this shelf?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Suitable for 1U-height rack-mount devices such as UPS systems, PDUs, power supplies, and other accessories that fit within the 19\" rack footprint and weight limit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are mounting rails included?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes—two adjustable mounting rails and the necessary hardware are included to attach the shelf to your wall-mount enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need special tools to install?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The kit uses standard hardware; basic hand tools are typically sufficient to secure the rails and shelf in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910034022626,"sku":"5150140","price":96.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286055_db6c1c36-8b38-46da-a013-3c811395489f.jpg?v=1755357465"},{"product_id":"compulocks-vesa-av-conference-room-capsule-black","title":"Compulocks VESA AV Conference Room Capsule Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your workspace with the Compulocks VESA AV Conference Room Capsule Black, a purpose-built tablet kiosk designed to streamline meetings, check-ins, and self-service interactions in modern AV environments. Engineered from high-grade steel for maximum durability, this capsule blends security with sleek aesthetics to create a reliable hub for your conference room management. It’s compatible with all Compulocks tablet and iPad enclosures, ensuring a seamless ecosystem that protects devices while offering intuitive access for users. The capsule is crafted to function as a versatile AV conference room console, a check-in kiosk, and a self-service station, making it ideal for corporate offices, education facilities, healthcare campuses, hospitality venues, and public spaces. With a 30-degree viewing angle, it delivers comfortable, ergonomic access for users while keeping devices secure and protected from tampering or theft. This is more than a stand; it’s a complete solution engineered to optimize room scheduling, device security, and everyday kiosk workflows in a compact, sturdy, and professional package.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe Capsule is built from high-grade steel, delivering robust durability that stands up to high-traffic environments. Its solid construction not only deters tampering but also withstands daily use in busy conference rooms, lobbies, and reception areas. By pairing this capsule with any Compulocks tablet or iPad enclosure, you gain a cohesive, secure solution that preserves device integrity while maintaining a clean, professional aesthetic. The black finish adds a timeless, professional look that blends with most interiors, from corporate boardrooms to university reception areas, ensuring your kiosk remains unobtrusive yet highly functional. In addition to physical resilience, the capsule is designed to resist common wear from frequent plugging and unplugging of peripherals, maintaining alignment and stability over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecurity and mounting flexibility are at the forefront of the design. The AV Capsule can be bolted to a surface, providing a tamper-resistant footprint that deters removal and theft. When paired with our security cable lock, the capsule offers an added layer of protection for devices in public or semi-public spaces. This combination is especially valuable for check-in kiosks or self-service stations where guests may interact with the tablet for extended periods. The boltable design also means you can install the capsule in fixed positions—on a desk, wall-mounted workstation, or conference room podium—without sacrificing accessibility for users who need to reach the screen at comfortable heights and angles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVersatility across use cases is a core strength. The AV Capsule functions as an AV conference room console, enabling quick and secure access to shared devices during meetings, presentations, and collaborative sessions. It also serves as a reliable check-in kiosk and self-service station, allowing guests to interact with digital signage, schedules, or registration forms. This flexibility makes it an excellent choice for multi-purpose spaces where technology needs to support both event delivery and daily administrative tasks. The enclosure compatibility ensures that whichever tablet or enclosure you choose—whether for guest check-ins or staff-assisted workflows—the capsule remains a secure, unified mounting solution that reduces clutter and simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design and user-friendly interaction are designed to enhance adoption. The 30-degree viewing angle is optimized for comfortable screen interaction, reducing glare and improving legibility from typical user heights. This thoughtful angle supports quick check-ins, swift access to conference room controls, and efficient use of self-service features. The capsule’s compact footprint keeps pathways clear while still presenting a prominent, easily accessible interface. Clear cable management and a tidy silhouette help integrate the kiosk into both formal meeting spaces and more casual coworking environments, reinforcing a professional appearance while delivering practical, day-to-day usability for staff and visitors alike.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaintenance, installation, and scalability are simplified by the capsule’s modular approach. By standardizing compatibility with all Compulocks tablet and iPad enclosures, you gain flexibility to refresh devices without changing the mounting hardware. The sturdy steel construction supports routine cleaning, service, and potential future upgrades to different enclosure models. Whether you need to swap in a newer iPad for updated features or adjust to a different kiosk workflow, the capsule grows with your environment, preserving your initial investment while continuing to meet evolving needs in a fast-changing tech landscape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks VESA AV Conference Room Capsule Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-Grade Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: All Compulocks tablet and iPad enclosures\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecurity: Compatible with our security cable lock\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting: Boltable to surface\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eViewing angle: 30-degree display tilt\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUse cases: AV conference room console, check-in kiosk, self-service kiosk\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIntended environments: Corporate offices, educational institutions, healthcare facilities, hospitality venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Compulocks VESA AV Conference Room Capsule Black\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Select a stable mounting surface that can support the combined weight of the capsule and the tablets it will hold. Confirm that there is unobstructed access to the screen for typical user interactions and that the chosen height aligns with ergonomic guidelines for your space.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Align the capsule’s mounting points with predrilled holes or the provided mounting hardware. Use appropriate bolts and anchors suitable for the surface material (concrete, wood, or steel) and tighten securely to prevent movement during use and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Attach the compatible Compulocks tablet or iPad enclosure to the capsule according to the enclosure’s installation guide, ensuring proper alignment with the viewing angle and accessible ports. Verify that the enclosure remains firmly connected to the capsule and that cable routing is clean and unobtrusive.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 4: If security cable protection is required, connect the security lock to the capsule and route the cable to a secure anchor point. Test the lock to confirm it engages smoothly and provides the intended level of deterrence against tampering or theft.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 5: Route power and data cables behind the capsule, using cable management channels or ties to minimize clutter. Power on the device, perform a basic functionality check (touch response, home button accessibility, and port visibility), and adjust the incline if needed to optimize user experience. Finally, document the installation for IT records and provide users with brief operating guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eIs the Capsule compatible with all Compulocks tablet and iPad enclosures? Yes. It is designed to be compatible across the Compulocks range, ensuring a secure, integrated solution for your devices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCan I bolt the Capsule to any surface? The Capsule is boltable to suitable surfaces using standard mounting hardware. Always verify load-bearing capacity and use appropriate anchors for the surface material. If security is a concern, pair it with a security cable lock for added protection.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWhat is the viewing angle, and how does it affect usability? The Capsule features a 30-degree viewing angle that provides comfortable access for most users, reduces glare, and keeps the screen within an optimal reach zone for desk-height interactions in conference rooms and lobbies.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWhat environments is the Capsule best suited for? It excels as an AV conference room console, a check-in kiosk, and a self-service kiosk in corporate, educational, healthcare, and hospitality settings, delivering secure device access in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910041460962,"sku":"5904357","price":101.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286205_f0fa9667-7563-4499-a424-a8db5a94f938.jpg?v=1755170133"},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-dual-display-gas-arm-mount-for-13-to-34-monitors-clamp-or-grommet-usb-audio-ports","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Display Gas-Arm Mount for 13? to 34? Monitors - Clamp or Grommet, USB, Audio Ports","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaximize your workspace with the rugged Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Display Gas-Arm Mount. Engineered for durability and designed to enhance productivity, this VESA-compliant dual-monitor arm lifts two flat-panel displays above your desk, freeing precious surface area for documents, peripherals, and daily tasks. The DDR1732DAL model blends heavy-duty aluminum construction with smooth, tool-free adjustability so you can dial in the perfect ergonomic position for your eyes, neck, and shoulders. With both clamp and grommet mounting options, integrated USB and audio ports, and a clean, cable-managed design, this mount is ideal for home offices, corporate workstations, tradeshow booths, studios, and control rooms. Whether you’re editing video, compiling code, monitoring data streams, or delivering presentations, you’ll appreciate the stable installation, flexible articulation, and thoughtful connectivity that keep you productive and focused.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eThe dual-display gas-arm design provides robust, dynamic support for two monitors, freeing desk space and enabling precise, effortless positioning. With smooth gas-assisted movement, you can switch between portrait and landscape orientations, tilt for glare-free viewing, and rotate to reduce neck strain throughout long work sessions. This setup is especially beneficial for professionals who require multi-monitor workflows, such as designers, programmers, financial analysts, and control-room operators. The combined reach and tension can be tailored to match the weight and size of your displays, delivering reliable balance across a wide range of working environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility and versatility are at the core of this mount. It accepts most 13\" to 34\" flat-panel monitors and is designed to handle a broad spectrum of display weights (per monitor). With VESA mounting patterns of 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm, you can secure a wide range of brands and models with confidence. The expansive range makes it a future-proof addition to your desk, so you can upgrade monitors without replacing your entire mounting solution. The sturdy aluminum construction ensures long-term durability, even in high-use office environments or busy home workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible installation options let you tailor the mount to your desk setup. Choose a sturdy desk clamp for edge-mounted stability or a grommet mount for a through-desk installation that minimizes top-surface footprint. The clamp and grommet hardware are designed for reliability on a variety of desk thicknesses, providing secure support without compromising desk aesthetics. The clamp\/grommet combination is complemented by integrated cable management features that guide wires neatly along the arm, reducing clutter and making it easy to tidy cables from monitor to computer.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnectivity and convenience are built in. This mount includes USB and audio ports integrated into the arm or base, giving you easy access to peripherals, headsets, or audio devices without reaching behind your PC. The USB ports enable quick data transfer and peripheral connectivity, while the audio jacks provide convenient headset or speaker options for video conferences and multimedia tasks. The thoughtful layout keeps essential ports within arm’s reach, so you can stay focused on your work rather than fiddling with cables.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eErgonomics, adjustability, and cable management converge in a single solution. The dual-arm design supports a wide range of movement, including height adjustment, tilt, swivel, and rotation, enabling you to tailor the setup to your unique body posture and task requirements. Gas-spring assistance delivers smooth, controlled motion with minimal effort, making it easy to switch between different working postures throughout the day. A clean, integrated cable management system helps you route power and signal cables along the arms, keeping your desk tidy and reducing wear on cables during frequent repositioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Display Gas-Arm Mount for 13\"–34\" Monitors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: DDR1732DAL\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMonitor size range: 13\" to 34\" diagonal per display\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: up to approximately 22 lbs (10 kg) per monitor (typical rating for dual-arm configurations)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting options: Desk clamp or through-desk grommet mount\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Rugged aluminum chassis for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnectivity: Integrated USB ports and 3.5 mm audio ports for easy peripheral access\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjustment features: Gas-spring assisted dual-arm mechanism with tilt, swivel, and rotation capabilities\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: Built-in cable routing channels to minimize desk clutter\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable, matte finish designed to resist fingerprints and scratches\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility note: Suitable for a wide range of desk surfaces with edge thickness适 and mounting clearances within standard office environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Display Gas-Arm Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack the DDR1732DAL and verify all mounting hardware is included. Identify the desk clamp or grommet hardware based on your preferred installation method.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFor desk clamp installation, position the clamp on the edge of your desk where you want the monitors to reside. Tighten the clamp securely to the desk until the base is firmly supported and does not move. For grommet installation, drill or pre-cut a hole that matches the grommet hardware diameter, insert the mount, and secure it with the provided nut or bolt kit as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the VESA mounting plates to each monitor using the appropriate screws for your display’s 75x75 mm or 100x100 mm pattern. Ensure the screws are snug but not over-tightened to avoid mounting damage.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount the displays to the dual arms according to the included instructions. Attach each monitor to its arm, then secure the monitor via the VESA plates. Verify both displays are seated properly and reachable from your seating position.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the USB and audio cables from the arm’s ports to your computer and audio devices as needed. Use the integrated cable channels to route cables neatly toward the computer or a central hub rather than letting cables trail across the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower up your workstation and adjust the motion tension if necessary. Use the gas-spring mechanism to balance the weight of the monitors, then adjust height, tilt, swivel, and rotation to achieve an ergonomic viewing angle. Perform any final cable management tweaks to ensure a clean, professional setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What monitor sizes and weights are supported? A: The mount is designed for two displays ranging from 13\" to 34\" each, with a typical per-monitor weight capacity around 22 lbs (10 kg). Always verify your specific monitors’ combined weight does not exceed the arm’s safe operating range and confirm VESA compatibility (75x75 mm or 100x100 mm).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I install this on a hollow-core or solid desk? A: Yes. The DDR1732DAL supports both clamp and grommet mounting to accommodate different desk constructions. Ensure your desk surface and edges are sturdy enough to hold the mounting hardware securely and that the installation does not interfere with other desk components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Does it include USB ports and audio jacks? A: Yes. The unit features built-in USB ports and 3.5 mm audio ports for convenient peripheral and audio access without reaching behind your PC.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is installation difficult or time-consuming? A: Routine installations typically take 20–40 minutes, depending on desk type and monitor counts. The mount ships with clear instructions and all necessary hardware; basic tools and careful handling are sufficient for most users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910042804450,"sku":"6058346","price":249.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286261_f70d8335-80a8-48d8-9c54-07e326ad9b1a.jpg?v=1755170241"},{"product_id":"tripp-lite-by-eaton-8u-wall-mount-bracket-with-shelf-for-small-switches-and-patch-panels-hinged","title":"Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket with Shelf for Small Switches and Patch Panels, Hinged","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMaximize your network efficiency without sacrificing floor space with the Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket with Shelf. This compact, wall-mounted enclosure is purpose-built for home offices, small businesses, or any workspace where every inch of space matters. With eight rack units of vertical space, it provides a sturdy home for essential devices such as switches and patch panels, while a built-in shelf accommodates non-rack equipment like routers and modems. The hinged design delivers effortless front access, simplifying installation, maintenance, and future upgrades. Crafted from durable steel and featuring smooth laser-cut edges, this wall-mount bracket protects cable jackets and improves overall workspace safety and aesthetics. Whether you’re building a small LAN, extending wired peripherals, or consolidating networking gear in a neat, organized layout, this 8U solution delivers reliability, accessibility, and a clean, professional look.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e8U rack capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Efficiently houses up to eight standard rack units of equipment in a sleek, wall-mount design, ideal for compact spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDeep compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports devices up to 14.75 inches deep, perfect for many small switches, patch panels, and compact networking gear commonly used in home networks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated shelf for non-rack gear:\u003c\/b\u003e A sturdy shelf provides a dedicated space for routers, modems, or other non-rack equipment, keeping everything within reach and neatly organized.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHinged front access:\u003c\/b\u003e The hinged front design allows quick installation, easy cable management, and simple maintenance without removing the enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable steel construction with smooth edges:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to last with laser-cut edges that protect cables and reduce the risk of nicks or snags, delivering a safe, professional finish for busy workspaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket with Shelf for Small Switches and Patch Panels, Hinged\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRack space:\u003c\/b\u003e 8U of vertical mounting space for standard 19-inch equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDepth support:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to accommodate equipment up to 14.75 inches deep for flexible device compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/b\u003e Solid steel construction built to withstand daily use in home or small office environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccess:\u003c\/b\u003e Hinged front access for convenient installation, upgrades, and routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eShelf included:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated shelf to hold non-rack gear such as routers, modems, or other equipment needing a stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish and safety:\u003c\/b\u003e Smooth laser-cut edges to minimize cable damage and provide a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting orientation:\u003c\/b\u003e Wall-mountable configuration suitable for spaces where floor-standing racks are impractical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket with Shelf\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eChoose a sturdy wall location that can support the combined weight of the equipment you plan to mount. If possible, locate wall studs to maximize mounting strength and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePosition the 8U wall-mount bracket against the wall and mark the screw hole locations. Use appropriate anchors or screws for your wall type to ensure a secure installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the bracket to the wall using the supplied hardware, ensuring the unit is level and firmly secured before adding equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlace the included shelf onto the bracket and secure it as directed to create a stable surface for non-rack devices such as routers or modems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eArrange your rack-mount devices (such as switches or patch panels) into the 8U space, then route and neatly secure all cables. Use cable ties or organizers to maintain tidy cabling and prevent congestion near the hinge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does 8U mean?\u003c\/b\u003e A: 8U refers to eight rack units of vertical space, allowing you to mount standard 19-inch equipment in a compact wall-mounted enclosure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What kinds of devices can I put in the 8U space?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The enclosure is designed for small network devices such as switches and patch panels, plus the included shelf provides room for non-rack gear like routers and modems.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How deep can devices be to fit inside?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The design supports equipment up to 14.75 inches deep, accommodating a wide range of compact networking hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the enclosure easy to access for maintenance?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The hinged front access allows quick installation, cable management, and routine servicing without removing the enclosure from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this suitable for a home office or small business?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. Its compact wall-mount design saves floor space while providing sturdy, organized housing for essential networking gear in home offices and small businesses.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it come with all necessary mounting hardware?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The bracket includes hardware required for wall mounting and securing the shelf, with industry-standard 19-inch rack compatibility for easy integration with your existing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910051356898,"sku":"6667054","price":203.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286478_293840c1-6725-4db1-9b2d-0d8cf177c49f.jpg?v=1755357454"},{"product_id":"poly-mounting-bracket-for-video-conferencing-system","title":"Poly Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your Poly video conferencing setup with a mounting bracket engineered for reliability, flexibility, and clean aesthetics. This VESA mount compatible accessory anchors your Poly system securely in any workspace, from compact home offices to mid-size conference rooms. It is designed to streamline installation, optimize cable management, and preserve camera and microphone performance by providing precise positioning and stable support. The bracket’s slim profile minimizes visual intrusion while maximizing functionality, ensuring your video calls look professional and your space stays organized. Built to endure daily use and equipment changes, the Poly Mounting Bracket protects your investment and enables effortless reconfiguration as your collaboration needs evolve.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility and secure fit: The bracket adheres to standard VESA mounting patterns, guaranteeing a dependable connection with Poly conferencing hardware. Heavy-duty joints and precision fasteners maintain alignment during movement, vibrations, or reconfiguration. The secure mount keeps your device oriented for optimal camera coverage, microphone pickup, and speaker placement, so participants stay clearly visible and heard during every discussion. This compatibility also supports future upgrades or changes to your Poly lineup without requiring new hardware, protecting your investment over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible mounting options for any room: Designed to accommodate diverse installation scenarios, this bracket supports wall mounting for space optimization, ceiling mounting for overhead capture, or attachment to articulating arms for dynamic positioning. It enables landscape and portrait orientations and allows tilt adjustments to align the device with participants’ sightlines. Whether you’re outfitting a compact home office, a huddle room, or a large boardroom, the bracket adapts to your room geometry and seating arrangements, keeping the focus on collaboration rather than setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable construction and reliable performance: Built from high-strength materials and reinforced hardware, the bracket withstands daily use, frequent adjustments, and routine maintenance. Its robust design resists wear, corrosion, and fatigue, ensuring stable alignment even after long conference sessions. The smooth surfaces minimize cable snagging, while the sturdy joints minimize flex that could degrade the field of view. With reliability at the core, this mounting solution helps you avoid downtime and maintains consistent video and audio quality over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEffortless installation and cable management: The bracket arrives with the necessary mounting hardware and a straightforward installation guide to get you up and running quickly. Integrated cable channels and clip points enable neat routing of power, USB, and network cables, reducing desk clutter and protecting connections from accidental snagging. The design emphasizes ease of use, so technicians and non-technical users alike can achieve a clean, professional setup in a fraction of the time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFuture-proof design and space efficiency: By aligning with common mounting patterns and maintaining a slim footprint, the bracket stays unobtrusive while remaining compatible with a range of Poly devices and accessories as your needs evolve. The compact profile preserves sightlines for clear video and unobstructed microphone pickup, and the included hardware supports straightforward upgrades with minimal disruption. This thoughtful design ensures your conference space remains modern and adaptable for years to come.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Poly Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: Standard mounting patterns supported for Poly setups\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: Durable aluminum alloy construction with steel mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: Suitable for most Poly video conferencing devices\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting orientation: Supports multiple orientations including landscape and portrait\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIncluded components: Bracket, mounting screws, spacers, and installation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Poly Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan your mounting location by considering wall strength, ceiling support, and access to power and data cables. Ensure there is ample clearance for tilt, rotation, and any future adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the bracket to the chosen surface or compatible arm using the provided screws and anchors, making sure the mount is level and securely fastened before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount the Poly conferencing device onto the bracket by aligning its mounting holes with the bracket’s attachment points. Tighten fasteners securely to prevent any movement during use, then verify the device sits plumb and aligned with the room’s camera view.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute power, USB, HDMI\/DisplayPort, and network cables through the bracket’s integrated channels or clip points. Use the supplied clips to keep cables organized and out of the device’s ventilation areas or moving parts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePerform a final alignment check, connect all cables, power on the system, and run a quick test to verify camera angle, microphone pickup, and speaker output. Make any minor tilt or rotation adjustments to optimize the field of view for natural conversation and clear audio pickup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is the mounting bracket compatible with all Poly video conferencing devices? A: The bracket is designed for Poly systems that use standard VESA mounting patterns; please verify your device’s mounting specifications to ensure full compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Does the package include all mounting hardware? A: Yes, the bracket ships with the necessary screws, spacers, and an installation guide to support common Poly configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I adjust the angle after installation? A: Yes, the bracket supports tilt and rotation adjustments to help you achieve the best camera angle and field of view for effective collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What surfaces can I mount the bracket to? A: The bracket is suitable for walls, ceilings, desks, and compatible articulating arms, depending on your room layout and mounting capabilities.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is professional installation recommended? A: For standard configurations, a DIY setup with basic tools is typically sufficient; consult a professional if your space presents unusual mounting constraints or if you are mounting heavy equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Poly","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910060466402,"sku":"7662000","price":268.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175286660_bd3cacad-51a5-4634-886c-3e538aa01b5d.jpg?v=1755171226"},{"product_id":"compulocks-wall-mount-for-ipad-10th-generation-black","title":"Compulocks Wall Mount for iPad (10th Generation) - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExperience seamless mobility and charging with Compulocks PowerMove and its intuitive wall bracket. The PowerMove facilitates effortless attachment and removal of your iPad, while the wall bracket ensures easy wall mounting, enhancing usability across varied settings like retail, medical environments, hospitality, and field service. Designed to keep your iPad readily accessible for staff and customers alike, this Black wall mount delivers a clean, professional look, robust durability, and a secure mounting solution that supports continuous engagement in busy spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePowerMove attachment\/removal for effortless access:\u003c\/b\u003e A smooth, tool-free mechanism lets you snap the iPad in place and lift it out with minimal effort, reducing downtime and speeding up in-store transactions, patient check-ins, or staff collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWall-mounted design for space efficiency:\u003c\/b\u003e The compact wall bracket keeps tablets off countertops while staying within easy reach, freeing valuable surfaces and creating a tidy, modern environment in stores, clinics, and service desks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility with iPad (10th Generation):\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically engineered to cradle the latest iPad model, ensuring a secure fit, stable orientation, and reliable performance during repeated mounting and removal cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCharging-ready for uninterrupted use:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated with PowerMove to support charging while mounted, so devices remain powered during long shifts or extended customer interactions without interruption.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, professional Black finish for versatile spaces:\u003c\/b\u003e A sleek, understated matte-black aesthetic pairs with any interior design—from retail kiosks to clinical environments—while withstanding daily wear and cleaning protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Wall Mount for iPad (10th Generation) - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e iPad (10th Generation) — designed to securely hold the latest model in position for interaction and charging.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMount Type:\u003c\/b\u003e Wall-mounted bracket with PowerMove attachment system for quick insert\/removal of the iPad.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Black — a professional, low-reflective surface suitable for public and medical environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/b\u003e Durable materials optimized for frequent use in high-traffic settings and easy cleaning between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower\/Charging:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports charging during mounted use, enabling continuous operation without constant battery management concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIdeal Applications:\u003c\/b\u003e Retail kiosks, point-of-sale stations, patient check-in desks, hospital carts, hospitality information points, and other settings requiring secure, accessible tablets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Compulocks Wall Mount for iPad (10th Generation)\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eIdentify a suitable mounting location that is within reach for users and close to a power source for charging.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the wall surface and gather appropriate mounting hardware compatible with your wall type (drywall, masonry, etc.). If mounting on drywall, use wall anchors rated for the expected load.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMark the drill holes for the wall bracket according to the included template or manufacturer guidance, ensuring the height aligns with typical user interaction points.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the wall bracket securely with the selected screws or anchors, verifying level alignment before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the power cable and route it cleanly to prevent interference with the PowerMove mechanism or user interaction.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the iPad into the PowerMove docking channel until it engages securely, then test removal to confirm smooth operation and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on the iPad, verify charging while mounted, and perform a final check to ensure the device remains stable during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this mount compatible with iPad accessories or cases?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The wall mount is designed for the iPad (10th Generation) and its standard thin design; bulky or oversized cases may affect fit. If you use a case, ensure it leaves access to the PowerMove docking area and charging port.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can the iPad be used in portrait or landscape orientation?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The PowerMove system supports flexible orientation, allowing comfortable use in either portrait or landscape modes as needed for the workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the mount suitable for high-traffic environments?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The design emphasizes durability and ease of cleaning, making it appropriate for busy retail floors, clinics, and service desks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount require any tools for attaching or removing the iPad?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The PowerMove mechanism is designed for quick, tool-free insertion and removal of the iPad, improving speed and convenience for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this mount be used with charging while in use?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The PowerMove system supports charging while the iPad remains mounted, helping to ensure uninterrupted operation during shifts or peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910100345058,"sku":"9050871","price":383.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287713_4f1d770a-45f0-4dd6-851d-849f1d2afed2.jpg?v=1755357303"},{"product_id":"galaxy-tab-a8-10-5in-space-enclosure-core-counter-stand-or-wall-mount-plus-hub-bnull","title":"Galaxy tab a8 10.5in space enclosure core counter stand or wall mount plus hub bnull","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Compulocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Hub - Black delivers a flawless blend of security, accessibility, and refined design for busy environments. Engineered to protect and display tablets and compact hubs in retail, hospitality, healthcare, and corporate spaces, this enclosure keeps devices safe from tampering while maintaining a sleek, professional look. Built with a powder-coated metal construction and a low-profile silhouette, it withstands daily use, heavy foot traffic, and the rigors of public-facing installations. Whether you’re equipping a self-checkout station, information kiosk, conference hub, or customer service desk, this mounting enclosure provides a reliable foundation that complements modern interiors and supports seamless maintenance. With versatile mounting options, integrated cable management, and a secure locking system, it’s the ideal solution for elevating your digital displays without compromising security or aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure, tamper‑resistant enclosure\u003c\/b\u003e: A lockable design with a keyed access system and optional anti‑tamper screws safeguards tablets and hubs against theft and unauthorized removal, giving operators peace of mind in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal compatibility for tablets and hubs\u003c\/b\u003e: Designed to accommodate a broad range of tablets and compact hubs, featuring adjustable mounting rails and a generous interior clearance that simplifies device installation and service without sacrificing security.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, professional build\u003c\/b\u003e: Crafted from powder‑coated steel with a matte Black finish that resists scuffs, fingerprints, and corrosion—perfect for busy retail floors, hospitality counters, and office environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible mounting and cable management\u003c\/b\u003e: Supports countertop, wall, and pole mounting configurations with integrated cable channels and grommets to keep power and data cords neatly routed and out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow-profile footprint with high visibility security\u003c\/b\u003e: A compact, unobtrusive form factor preserves space on desks and kiosks while offering clear access for maintenance and a clean, premium presentation for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Hub - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e Compulocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Hub - Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e Powder-coated steel with durable internal components\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e Matte Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLocking:\u003c\/b\u003e Keyed locking mechanism with optional anti-tamper screws for added security\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to fit a wide range of tablets and compact hubs; adjustable mounting rails for flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting options:\u003c\/b\u003e Countertop, wall, and pole mounting capable to suit varied environments\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable management:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated channels and grommets to route power and data cables cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity features:\u003c\/b\u003e Reinforced enclosure with anti-tamper considerations and robust hardware\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/b\u003e Compact footprint optimized for space-constrained installations\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/b\u003e Manufacturer warranty information available upon purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Compulocks Mounting Enclosure for Tablet, Hub - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 1 — Verify compatibility\u003c\/b\u003e: Before installation, confirm that your tablet or hub model fits within the enclosure’s interior clearance and mounting rails. Check any special considerations for device thickness, port layout, and cable access to ensure a seamless fit and future servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 2 — Prepare the mounting surface\u003c\/b\u003e: Choose the appropriate mounting surface—countertop, wall, or pole—based on your installation plan. Gather the included hardware and verify you have a stable, level surface. Clean the area to ensure a secure mount and proper alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 3 — Attach the enclosure\u003c\/b\u003e: Secure the enclosure to the chosen surface using the provided screws, brackets, or mounting plates. Use a spirit level to confirm the enclosure is perfectly horizontal or at your desired orientation. Tighten fasteners to the recommended torque specifications to prevent movement during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 4 — Route and manage cables\u003c\/b\u003e: Run power and data cables through the built‑in channels or grommets. Leave enough slack for device insertion and removal, while keeping cables organized and out of sight to preserve the enclosure’s clean look. If needed, position a power strip or hub nearby to minimize cable length and clutter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 5 — Insert the device and secure\u003c\/b\u003e: Gently place the tablet and\/or hub into the enclosure, align mounting points, and secure with the included hardware or locking mechanism. Engage the lock fully, test the release to ensure a smooth operation, and verify that cables remain routed properly after closure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 6 — final checks and testing\u003c\/b\u003e: Power on the device to confirm proper operation, accessibility, and charging. Perform a quick security check to ensure the lock is engaged and the enclosure cannot be opened without the key. Document installation for maintenance records and future audits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices will fit in this enclosure?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: The enclosure is designed to accommodate a broad range of tablets and compact hubs. It features adjustable mounting rails and a spacious interior to support varying thicknesses and port layouts. If your device is within typical retail tablet sizes, it should fit with minimal modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the enclosure include keys or a locking system?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes. The enclosure comes with a keyed locking mechanism designed to deter tampering. For enhanced security, anti-tamper screws are available as an optional upgrade depending on the installation environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mount this enclosure on a wall, countertop, or pole?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Absolutely. The design supports multiple mounting options, including countertop, wall, and pole mounts, to fit a wide variety of display configurations and space constraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Are there cable management features?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: Yes. Integrated cable channels and grommets help route and conceal power and data cables, contributing to a neat, professional presentation and reduced strain on connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is there a warranty?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: The enclosure includes a manufacturer warranty. Warranty details vary by region and retailer, so please check your purchase documentation for the exact terms and duration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I remove the device quickly for maintenance?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA: The design prioritizes security but also provides a straightforward release mechanism for authorized personnel. With the correct key or tool, you can access the device for routine maintenance or replacement without hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910100574434,"sku":"9050827","price":253.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287724_7d6cdcc4-a0e1-408b-91f6-0df3ed4b9dd2.jpg?v=1755357301"},{"product_id":"atdec-ceiling-projector-mount-fixed-drop-loads-up-to-33lb-vesa-up-to-65x200","title":"Atdec ceiling projector mount, fixed drop - Loads up to 33lb - VESA up to 65x200","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe TH-WH-PJ-FM flush ceiling projector mount is an expertly engineered solution designed for professional installations where reliability, clean aesthetics, and precise image alignment matter most. This fixed-drop ceiling mount delivers a low-profile, unobtrusive look while accommodating a wide range of projectors up to 33 pounds. With a robust build and thoughtful adjustability, it makes it easier to position your projector for optimal viewing in classrooms, boardrooms, home theaters, and multimedia spaces. The mount is engineered for straightforward installation, enabling you to deploy a secure, professional setup without compromising on flexibility or image quality.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e360° projector rotation:\u003c\/b\u003e Reposition your projection area with complete freedom. The mount allows full horizontal rotation so you can sweep your image across walls or screens without moving the projector from its ceiling position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePitch and roll adjustment:\u003c\/b\u003e Fine-tune alignment to achieve perfectly level images. Minor tilting (pitch) and rotation about the lens axis (roll) are simple to dial in, ensuring a crisp, square image on any screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFixed drop, flush ceiling design:\u003c\/b\u003e A fixed drop keeps the projector at a consistent height, creating clean ceiling lines and a streamlined appearance that blends with any space while maintaining reliable projection geometry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy, quick installation:\u003c\/b\u003e The TH-WH-PJ-FM is designed for straightforward mounting. With intuitive hardware and a compact footprint, you can install confidently and lock in your projector’s orientation with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility and load capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to support a wide range of projectors, it handles up to 33 lb (approximately 15 kg) and accommodates VESA patterns up to 65 x 200 mm, making it suitable for many standard commercial and consumer projector models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Atdec ceiling projector mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: up to 33 lb (15 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: up to 65 x 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotation: 360° of projector rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilt adjustments: Pitch and roll alignment available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount type: Flush ceiling mount with fixed drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Designed for quick and straightforward mounting with included hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Suitable for classrooms, conference rooms, home theaters, and other fixed-install environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Atdec Ceiling Projector Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan the installation by selecting a ceiling location that provides clear projection with adequate clearance for vents, cables, and access. Verify structural integrity and weight capacity of the ceiling before mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the mounting plate or bracket as indicated by the included template, then mark the ceiling for drill locations. Use a stud finder or appropriate hardware to ensure secure anchoring into structural elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting hardware to the ceiling, then secure the fixed-drop arm or plate to the ceiling hardware. Ensure the assembly is level and firmly tightened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the projector to the mount using the projector’s VESA mounting holes. Align the projector with the mount and secure it with the appropriate bolts, ensuring a balanced configuration that avoids strain on any single point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerform a test power-up and adjust the projection alignment. Use the 360° rotation to position the image, then fine-tune pitch and roll to achieve a perfectly square image on the screen or wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: What weight can this mount support? A: It supports up to 33 lb (15 kg), making it suitable for a wide range of standard projectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: What VESA patterns are compatible? A: The mount accommodates VESA patterns up to 65 x 200 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Can I adjust the projection angle after installation? A: Yes. The mount provides pitch and roll adjustments for precise image alignment, and 360° rotation for flexible positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Is the drop fixed or adjustable? A: The model features a fixed drop, delivering a clean ceiling line and consistent projection height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Is installation difficult for non-professionals? A: The design emphasizes ease of installation with clear hardware and instructions, but always ensure ceiling structure is suitable and follow safety practices during mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Atdec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910109782242,"sku":"2881538","price":80.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287855_38b9886b-17cc-4244-b83c-fb3fe749fc60.jpg?v=1755173631"},{"product_id":"atdec-th-full-motion-wall-mount-loads-up-to-77lb-vesa-up-to-400x400","title":"Atdec TH full motion wall mount - Loads up to 77lb - VESA up to 400x400","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExperience unparalleled display versatility with the Atdec TH full motion wall mount. Engineered for maximum adaptability, this mounting solution combines robust construction with refined motion engineering to support displays weighing up to 77 lb (35 kg) and compatible with VESA patterns up to 400 x 400 mm. The TH-2050-VFM is designed to make installation and daily use effortless, delivering smooth, precise movement and reliable stability for a wide range of environments—from digital signage and conference rooms to home theaters and classrooms. With its full motion capabilities, you can pull the screen away from the wall, tilt for glare-free viewing, and pan to perfectly frame audiences in any seating arrangement. If you’re seeking a professional-grade mount that doesn’t compromise on accessibility or aesthetics, the TH full motion wall mount is built to perform hour after hour with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eImpressive weight capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Holds displays up to 77 lb (35 kg), making it suitable for large monitors, commercial screens, and robust multimedia panels without compromising safety or stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVESA compatibility up to 400x400 mm:\u003c\/b\u003e Broad compatibility with a wide range of displays, ensuring you can upgrade or swap screens without changing mounts. The versatile footprint supports common large-format configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSmooth Glide thrust-bearing technology:\u003c\/b\u003e Delivers effortless, controlled movement for precise positioning. Glide with confidence as the arm system absorbs micro-adjustments and reduces resistance during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStrong articulated arms and full motion:\u003c\/b\u003e A comprehensive range of motion includes extension from the wall, tilt, swivel, and pan to accommodate alternative viewing angles and multi-seat layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUser-friendly design and cable management:\u003c\/b\u003e Thoughtful features streamline installation, maintenance, and clean aesthetics by guiding cables neatly along the arm structure to minimize clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Atdec TH full motion wall mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: TH-2050-VFM\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: up to 77 lb (35 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: up to 400 x 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMotion: full motion with extend, tilt, and pan for flexible viewing angles\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterials: engineered steel construction for rigidity and durability\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: integrated channels to maintain a tidy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Atdec TH full motion wall mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the TH full motion wall mount begins with selecting a stable, stud-based wall or a suitable solid mounting surface. Before you start, ensure you have the appropriate mounting hardware, the correct screws for your wall type, and a level to guarantee precise alignment. Begin by attaching the wall plate to the wall using the included mounting hardware and screws rated for your wall structure. It’s critical to locate studs or use anchors rated for the wall type to support up to 77 lb. Once the wall plate is secure, connect the articulated arms to the plate, ensuring that all joints move freely and that any tension settings are adjusted to your display’s weight distribution. With the arms mounted, attach the VESA mounting plate to your display using the manufacturer-supplied screws, matching the VESA pattern up to 400 x 400 mm. Finally, mount the display to the arm assembly, align it for optimal viewing angle, and tighten all fasteners while checking clearances to prevent contact with wall surfaces or other hardware. Power up your device, test the full range of motion, and adjust tension as needed to balance ease of movement with a secure hold.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat weight can the Atdec TH full motion wall mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e It is designed to support displays weighing up to 77 lb (35 kg).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat VESA patterns are compatible?\u003c\/b\u003e The mount supports VESA patterns up to 400 x 400 mm, covering a wide range of large displays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWhat kinds of motion does it provide?\u003c\/b\u003e The TH full motion wall mount offers extend, tilt, swivel, and pan capabilities to achieve the perfect viewing angle from different seats and positions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs installation complicated?\u003c\/b\u003e The mount is designed for straightforward installation with clearly defined mounting points and practical cable management; ensure a solid wall and use appropriate hardware for your surface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIs it suitable for commercial environments?\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. Its robust construction, generous weight capacity, and flexible mounting options make it well-suited for conference rooms, digital signage, and classrooms in addition to home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Atdec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910113124578,"sku":"2881514","price":205.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175287892_be0ef74a-107f-47dd-a74d-4d65840c9742.jpg?v=1755173712"},{"product_id":"fellowes-platinum-series-triple-monitor-arm","title":"fellowes-platinum-series-triple-monitor-arm","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Platinum Series Triple Monitor Arm delivers a truly immersive workspace by giving you \u003cb\u003ethree independently adjustable arms\u003c\/b\u003e that support precise monitor positioning, ergonomic viewing angles, and a cleaner desk. Featuring \u003cb\u003egas-spring technology\u003c\/b\u003e, it makes swift height, tilt, and swivel adjustments effortless—so you can switch from single-monitor tasks to multi-monitor productivity in seconds. An \u003cb\u003eintuitive cord-management system\u003c\/b\u003e keeps cables tucked away for a tidy, distraction-free setup, while convenient \u003cb\u003eUSB ports at the base\u003c\/b\u003e simplify peripheral connections. Built to endure daily use, this triple monitor arm is ideal for professionals who demand flexibility without sacrificing stability or style.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eIndependent, fully adjustable arms offer precise placement for each monitor, enabling an expansive, immersive multitasking experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGas-spring technology provides smooth, effortless motion with customizable tension, so you can reposition displays with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in cord-management minimizes desk clutter by guiding cables along the arms and base for a clean, organized workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTwo USB ports located at the base offer convenient access to peripherals, reducing desk-side cable reach and improving workflow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction with versatile mounting options (clamp or grommet) supports wide screen configurations, and is compatible with VESA patterns for most 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Fellowes Platinum Series Triple Monitor Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMonitor compatibility: Supports most 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm VESA displays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIndependent arm adjustments: Each monitor can tilt, swivel, and rotate for landscape or portrait orientation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eGas-spring assist: Smooth, adjustable tension for effortless height and depth changes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: Integrated channels and clips to route power and video cables neatly along arms and base.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting options: Desk clamp or grommet mount to fit a wide range of desk thicknesses and configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Fellowes Platinum Series Triple Monitor Arm\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Platinum Series Triple Monitor Arm is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime. Begin by choosing your preferred mounting method (clamp or grommet) and secure the mounting plate to the desk. Attach each monitor arm to the plate, then mount your displays using the appropriate VESA pattern. After mounting, connect power and video cables and route them through the built-in cord-management channels. Finally, adjust each arm to achieve the optimal viewing angles and alignment for your workflow, with the gas-spring tension tuned to your preference for effortless repositioning throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack components and verify contents against the assembly guide.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eChoose mounting option (clamp or grommet) and secure the main mounting plate to the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach three monitor arms to the mounting plate and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount each monitor on its respective VESA plate (75x75 mm or 100x100 mm).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute cables through cord-management channels and adjust arms to preferred positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: How much weight can each arm support? A: The Platinum Series Triple Monitor Arm is designed to support common 24-inch displays and similar weights; check the product's official weight rating for your exact monitor models.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I use curved monitors with this arm? A: Yes, as long as your monitors are within the VESA compatibility and weight limits and are mounted securely.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Do I need tools to install this arm? A: Basic assembly tools are typically included; installation may require standard tools for desk mounting depending on the package contents.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is the gas-spring tension adjustable? A: Yes, the gas-spring system is designed with adjustable tension to accommodate different monitor weights and user preferences.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Do the USB ports support peripherals? A: The base includes two USB ports for convenient peripheral connectivity; ensure your devices are compatible with the USB version provided.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Fellowes","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910117941474,"sku":"4758809","price":231.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288021_bdad436c-4203-4ef5-8942-20270476efa6.jpg?v=1755357254"},{"product_id":"axis-t94s01p-mounting-box-for-network-camera-white","title":"AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box for Network Camera - White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box is a precision-built, white aluminum mounting solution designed to elevate how you install and position network cameras. Built for reliability in everyday surveillance environments, this mounting box delivers a compact, elegant base that supports precise alignment and secure integration with Axis camera systems. With a 5 lb load capacity, it is tailored for standard network cameras and lightweight accessories, while the powder-coated finish adds a professional, durable appearance that remains resilient to routine wear. The design emphasizes quick, convenient adjustments to connectors within a secure mounting system, enabling technicians to reposition cameras or accessories without lengthy disassembly. For integrators seeking a clean, robust mounting option that complements the Axis ecosystem, the T94S01P delivers dependable performance, streamlined installation, and a visually discreet presence that blends into most environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile mounting for Axis network cameras:\u003c\/b\u003e A purpose-built base that integrates seamlessly with Axis products and mounting accessories, simplifying installation and future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLightweight aluminum construction:\u003c\/b\u003e Sturdy yet easy to handle, the aluminum frame provides dependable support without unnecessary bulk, finished in a premium white powder coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e5 lb load capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to safely support common surveillance cameras and light add-ons within a compact footprint for installations with space constraints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjustable connectors for quick repositioning:\u003c\/b\u003e Connectors can be adjusted easily within a secure mounting system, enabling fast realignment during setup or camera changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProfessional appearance and finish:\u003c\/b\u003e The powder-coated white finish enhances the visual appeal of the mounting area while maintaining a low profile for discreet surveillance deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box for Network Camera\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eModel:\u003c\/b\u003e AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box for Network Camera\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e White powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e 5 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/b\u003e Mounting box for network cameras, designed to work with Axis mounting systems and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Power down the camera and any connected equipment before beginning installation to ensure safety and avoid damage to connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 2:\u003c\/b\u003e Select a sturdy mounting surface with sufficient support for the full assembly weight, including the camera, and verify clear access for service and cable routing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 3:\u003c\/b\u003e Position the mounting box against the chosen surface and use the provided template or manufacturer guidance to mark the locations of mounting holes accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Drill and install appropriate anchors or screws suitable for the wall material, then securely fasten the mounting box base to the surface, ensuring it is level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 5:\u003c\/b\u003e Route all required cables through the box, using grommets or seals as applicable to protect against dust, moisture, and strain on the connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 6:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach any mounting hardware and the camera to the box, aligning connectors and ensuring snug, secure connections within the mounting system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 7:\u003c\/b\u003e Adjust the connectors to achieve the desired orientation and field of view, then tighten screws or fasteners to lock the position firmly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 8:\u003c\/b\u003e Reconnect power and verify that the camera powers on correctly; check image alignment, focus, and tilt to confirm the initial setup is accurate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 9:\u003c\/b\u003e Finalize cable management, ensuring cables are neatly organized and protected, with strain relief in place to prevent movement or pull-out over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What is the load capacity of the AXIS T94S01P Mounting Box?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e It supports up to 5 lb, making it suitable for many standard network cameras and light accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What material is the mounting box made from?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The box is constructed from aluminum with a white powder-coated finish for durability and a clean look.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is the mounting box compatible with Axis cameras?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. It is designed to accommodate Axis network cameras and compatible mounting accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can connectors be repositioned after installation?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The design supports quick, convenient adjustment of connectors within a secure mounting system.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Are installation instructions and hardware included?\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The setup guidance indicates use with standard installation procedures; check your Axis kit for included hardware and templates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AXIS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910121021666,"sku":"12290301","price":174.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288098_5fc16914-6249-49cb-bb38-8d4bcde44c5b.jpg?v=1755357256"},{"product_id":"compulocks-wall-mount-for-tablet-printer-scanner-bar-code-scanner-docking-station-black","title":"compulocks-wall-mount-for-tablet-printer-scanner-bar-code-scanner--docking-station-black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eElevate your workspace with a purpose-built wall-mount docking solution designed for modern, multi-device workflows. The Compulocks Wall Mount for Tablet, Printer, Scanner \u0026amp; Barcode Scanner is engineered to securely cradle your essential peripherals while keeping cables neat, accessible, and out of the way. In combination with the Plus Hub, this wall-mount setup unlocks a streamlined, multi-port connectivity hub that transforms a simple tablet into a centralized command center. Perfect for customer-facing POS desks, service counters, healthcare check-ins, hospitality kiosks, and busy industrial environments, this black docking station delivers durability, security, and style in a compact footprint. If you’re seeking a professional-friendly mounting solution that protects devices, minimizes clutter, and speeds daily tasks, this Compulocks wall mount is designed to deliver.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSecure, robust wall-mount design.\u003c\/b\u003e Built to withstand daily use in high-traffic environments, the wall mount features a sturdy frame constructed from durable materials that resist tampering and wear. The integrated locking options and tamper-resistant fasteners deter unauthorized access while preserving quick, authorized device changes. This combination ensures your tablets, printers, scanners, and barcode scanners stay firmly in place, even in busy retail lanes or service counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSeamless compatibility with Plus Hub and docking ecosystems.\u003c\/b\u003e The wall bracket is designed to pair with Plus Hub and a range of compatible docking interfaces, turning a single installation into a powerful, multi-port connectivity station. With easy docking and undocking of devices, staff can switch between tasks rapidly—printing receipts, scanning items, or displaying critical information on a tablet—without sacrificing organization or security. The thoughtful integration reduces desk clutter and creates a cohesive, professional look across your workspace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSmart cable management for a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/b\u003e An integrated cable channel and strain-relief design keep power, data, and peripheral cords neatly organized and hidden from view. This not only improves aesthetics but also reduces trip hazards and accidental disconnections. The matte black finish resists fingerprints and scuffs, maintaining a polished, low-profile presence on countertops, desks, or wall surfaces in retail, hospitality, or healthcare environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEasy installation with flexible mounting options.\u003c\/b\u003e The wall mount is engineered for quick, tool-assisted installation on a variety of wall substrates, including concrete, brick, and wood. The modular design supports adjustable fit and accommodates different docking configurations, enabling you to tailor the setup to your exact needs. Whether you’re upgrading an existing counter setup or outfitting a new kiosk, installation is straightforward and scalable as your device lineup evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVersatile applications that maximize space and protect devices.\u003c\/b\u003e From point-of-sale kiosks and service desks to healthcare check-ins and warehouse workstations, this wall-mount solution excels in any environment where devices must be reachable, protected, and neatly presented. By consolidating a tablet, printer, scanner, and barcode scanner into one secure hub, you free up valuable surface area, reduce misplacement, and create a clean, efficient workflow that supports faster transactions and better customer experiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Wall Mount for Tablet, Printer, Scanner \u0026amp; Barcode Scanner Docking Station\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cp\u003eTechnical specifications can vary by SKU. For the exact configuration of your purchase, refer to your distributor’s catalog or datasheet. The following overview highlights the product class and typical capabilities to help you understand how this solution fits into your environment:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/b\u003e: Designed to support a broad range of devices including tablets, compact printers, barcode scanners, and other peripherals when used with the appropriate docking interface. The system is intended to work across multiple device types commonly found in retail, hospitality, and office settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eColor\/Finish\u003c\/b\u003e: Black with a matte powder-coated finish that resists scuffs and fingerprints, maintaining a professional appearance in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial\u003c\/b\u003e: Constructed from durable metal alloys to provide long-term stability and security while standing up to daily use in commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/b\u003e: Wall-mounted docking bracket designed to be anchored to walls using standard hardware. Includes provisions for cable routing and secure attachment of connected devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable Management\u003c\/b\u003e: Integrated channels and clips to keep power and data cables organized and out of sight, reducing clutter and enhancing workflow efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity Features\u003c\/b\u003e: Optional locking accessories and compatibility with secure docking hardware to help deter theft and tampering of mounted devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/b\u003e: Load ratings vary by SKU and the corresponding docking interface; consult the datasheet for the exact maximum supported weight per configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnvironmental\/Usage\u003c\/b\u003e: Suitable for commercial environments where durability and reliability are essential, including retail counters, hospitality desks, healthcare reception areas, and industrial workstations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Compulocks Wall Mount for Tablet, Printer, Scanner \u0026amp; Barcode Scanner Docking Station\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eFollow these steps to achieve a secure, organized installation that keeps devices accessible and functioning smoothly:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 1 – Plan your mounting location.\u003c\/b\u003e Choose a solid wall surface with access to power and data sources. Ensure ample clearance around the largest device you intend to dock, and verify there is enough space for staff to connect and remove devices without obstruction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 2 – Prepare mounting hardware.\u003c\/b\u003e Depending on your wall material (concrete, masonry, or wood), select the appropriate anchors, screws, and spacers. If you are mounting on a stud wall, align with studs for maximum support; otherwise, use anchors rated for your wall type as recommended by the distributor or manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 3 – Attach the mounting plate to the wall.\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the mounting plate with the provided hardware, and confirm it is level before proceeding. A simple spirit level can help ensure a precise alignment for a secure, stable setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 4 – Install the docking interface and route cables.\u003c\/b\u003e Attach the docking elements to the wall plate, then route power and data cables through the built-in channels. Use clips or ties to secure cords and minimize movement, maintaining a tidy, professional appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 5 – Dock and configure devices.\u003c\/b\u003e Seat the tablet, printer, scanner, or barcode scanner into the docking system according to device-specific guidelines. Connect power and data cables, then test all devices to confirm proper docking alignment and full functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStep 6 – Final checks and adjustments.\u003c\/b\u003e Verify level, cable security, and device reach. Make any necessary adjustments to optimize accessibility, ergonomics, and docking ease for staff during peak operation periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIs this wall mount compatible with all tablets and peripherals?\u003c\/b\u003e The mount is designed to support a wide range of tablet sizes and peripheral devices when used with the appropriate docking interface. Always verify device compatibility with the manufacturer’s specifications before purchase to ensure a proper fit and secure docking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I install this on drywall without studs?\u003c\/b\u003e For maximum security, mount to studs or use suitable anchors rated for the wall type. Follow the included hardware guidelines or consult your installer to choose the correct anchors for drywall or other wall substrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDoes it include a Plus Hub?\u003c\/b\u003e The wall mount is described as compatible with Plus Hub to extend connectivity, but bundle contents vary by SKU. Check your specific product listing to confirm whether the Plus Hub is included or sold separately as part of a bundle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat environments is this wall mount best suited for?\u003c\/b\u003e It is ideal for retail counters, hospitality desks, healthcare reception areas, and other high-traffic workstations where devices must be securely mounted, easily accessible, and visually neat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat is the typical installation time?\u003c\/b\u003e Installation time depends on wall type and the number of devices being mounted. A straightforward single-device configuration can often be completed within 30–60 minutes by an experienced installer, with longer times for more complex multi-device setups or custom cable routing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910145302754,"sku":"9050816","price":211.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288748_2d0cb0e0-ddd2-448e-9eaa-bde091daf84f.jpg?v=1755357294"},{"product_id":"chief-heavy-duty-universal-projector-mount-black","title":"Chief Heavy Duty Universal Projector Mount - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Chief Heavy Duty Universal Projector Mount in black is engineered for performance in demanding environments. Built to support heavy LCD and CRT projectors, this ceiling-mounted solution delivers rock-solid stability, precise alignment, and long-lasting reliability. The standout feature is the micro-adjustment capability, which makes registration fast and accurate, so you can achieve perfect image alignment with minimal effort. The included universal HBU bracket expands compatibility across a broad range of heavy-duty projectors, simplifying installation and future upgrades. Whether you’re outfitting a high-end home theater, a classroom, or a corporate presentation space, this mount provides a secure foundation that preserves your investment and delivers consistently sharp, distortion-free visuals.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty construction designed to support large LCD and CRT projectors with robust steel framing and secure mounting points for a stable, vibration-free image. This mount is built to endure daily use in home theaters, classrooms, and conference environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMicro-adjustment mechanisms enable precise vertical and horizontal alignment after installation, dramatically reducing setup time and helping you achieve perfect keystone correction and screen registration without protracted tweaking.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIncludes the universal HBU bracket, offering broad compatibility with most heavy-duty projectors. The flexible mounting interface simplifies compatibility across multiple devices and future projector upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCeiling-mount design provides a clean, unobtrusive installation while delivering reliable load-bearing support. The mount stays out of the way, letting your screen and projector hardware shine in a polished AV setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable black finish offers resistance to wear and tear while blending seamlessly with modern AV environments. The finish not only looks sleek but also helps protect the mount against scratches and corrosion over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Chief Heavy Duty Universal Projector Mount - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial and finish: All-steel construction with a durable black powder-coated finish for long-term wear resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Universal HBU bracket compatible with a wide range of heavy-duty projectors; ideal for high-lumen and high-throw installations where reliable mounting is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting orientation: Ceiling-mounted design designed to provide secure support while keeping the projector out of sight for a clean, professional look.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjustability: Built-in micro-adjustment features allow fine-tuning of image registration, tilt, and roll to achieve precise alignment after installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInstallation considerations: Engineered for straightforward ceiling installation with clear mounting patterns and hardware; suited for both new construction and retrofits in homes, schools, and business spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Chief Heavy Duty Universal Projector Mount\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eBefore you begin, confirm that the ceiling structure can support the projector’s weight and that you have all required mounting hardware. Use a stud finder or appropriate anchors for secure attachment to joists or solid ceiling surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMark the ceiling where the mount will be installed using the provided template. Ensure that the projector will align with your screen location and that there is clear clearance for cable management and ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting plate to the ceiling at the marked points with the supplied hardware. Use level guides to ensure the plate sits perfectly flat; this ensures optimal alignment for the projector once mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the universal HBU bracket to the projector using the manufacturer-recommended mounting holes and screws. If needed, use compatible spacers or adapters to create a secure fit that does not compromise projector stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHang the projector on the ceiling mount, align the bracket with the ceiling plate, and secure all connections. Use the micro-adjustment controls to dial in precise image registration, then lock in your settings and perform a final alignment and test run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is this mount compatible with all projectors? A: The mount uses a universal HBU bracket designed to fit most heavy-duty projectors. Compatibility depends on the projector’s mounting hole pattern and weight; always verify your specific model’s specifications against the bracket’s range.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I install this on a sloped or angled ceiling? A: The mount is designed for standard ceiling installations. If you’re working with an angled ceiling, consult the installation manual for any required adapters or specialized configurations to maintain stability and alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Does the package include all necessary hardware? A: The mount ships with the universal HBU bracket and the essential mounting hardware required for typical installations. Depending on your ceiling type and projector, additional hardware may be needed to ensure a secure installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: How do the micro-adjustments improve the setup process? A: Micro-adjustments allow precise, incremental changes to image alignment, tilt, and roll after the projector is mounted. This minimizes keystone distortion and ensures a clean, square image with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chief","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910149660898,"sku":"3377618","price":476.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175288921_53b2d23b-5773-49e9-8208-f3c3122f600a.jpg?v=1755357294"},{"product_id":"peerless-av-iwb680-w-wall-mount-for-interactive-display-white","title":"Peerless-AV IWB680-W Wall Mount for Interactive Display - White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Peerless-AV IWB680-W Wall Mount for Interactive Display in White is a purpose-built solution designed to transform classrooms and boardrooms by enabling seamless interactive learning and dynamic presentations. Built to securely support interactive whiteboards and large display panels, this mount combines sturdy construction with thoughtful adjustability, making installation straightforward and maintenance minimal. The telescoping vertical rails simplify height adjustments, helping educators and presenters achieve perfect eye-level alignment for a more engaging, collaborative experience. If you’re upgrading from a static display to an interactive solution, the IWB680-W offers a cost-effective, space-saving mounting option that blends with modern interiors while delivering dependable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping vertical rails provide smooth height adjustment to accommodate different users and room configurations, ensuring ergonomic viewing angles in both classrooms and boardrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cable management keeps HDMI, power, and data cables organized and hidden, reducing clutter and protecting connections during daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for broad compatibility with a wide range of interactive displays through standard mounting interfaces and universal VESA patterns, offering flexible deployment across brands and models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable white powder-coated steel construction is built for long-term performance in high-traffic environments, maintaining a clean, professional look in education and corporate spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple, modular installation with clearly labeled hardware and intuitive assembly steps enables quick setup and easy reconfiguration for future device changes or room redesigns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ctechncial details of peerless-av iwb680-w\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecifications: Not provided in the current data.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount type: Wall mount for interactive displays (IWB680-W).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor\/Finish: White powder-coated steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Supports a wide range of interactive displays with standard mounting interfaces and typical VESA patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation considerations: Suitable for classroom and boardroom environments; designed to facilitate clean cable management and secure mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Peerless-AV IWB680-W\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the installation site by locating wall studs or using appropriate anchors according to the wall type and the combined weight of the mount and interactive display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the wall plate to the wall using the included hardware or compatible anchors, ensuring the plate is level and securely fastened to support dynamic use and frequent adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting arms to the back of the interactive display following the display’s VESA mounting pattern and manufacturer specifications, then align the arms with the wall plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift and hang the display onto the wall plate, confirming proper engagement with the mounting interface, and secure any locking mechanisms or brackets provided to prevent accidental detachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoute cables through the built-in cable management channels for a clean setup, connect power and data sources, and verify that the display powers on and responds to input as expected with the mounted configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the IWB680-W compatible with my interactive display?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The IWB680-W is designed to support a broad range of interactive displays that conform to standard mounting interfaces. To confirm compatibility, verify your display’s VESA pattern and weight with the mount’s guidelines and ensure the wall surface can safely bear the combined load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What environments is the IWB680-W best suited for?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: This wall mount is ideal for classrooms and boardrooms where interactive displays are used for teaching, collaboration, and presentations. Its white finish and durable construction suit educational facilities and corporate spaces alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the IWB680-W allow for tilt or swivel adjustments after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The IWB680-W is designed to provide adjustable positioning during setup to optimize viewing angles. For final uses, confirm the range of adjustability and ensure any tilt or swivel features are locked securely as recommended by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How much effort is required to install the IWB680-W?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: While installation clarity can vary by wall type and display, the IWB680-W is built for straightforward installation with modular components and clearly labeled hardware, helping a single trained installer or a small team complete setup efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What maintenance does the IWB680-W require?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Regular inspection of mounting points, fasteners, and cable connections is recommended. Keep the cable channels clear of obstructions and examine the finish for wear in busy environments to preserve the mount’s clean appearance and dependable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/techncial\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Peerless-AV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910152904930,"sku":"4430852","price":401.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289010_bf33f61d-da7f-43d4-b2ae-44c4ccfcde40.jpg?v=1755357371"},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-outdoor-full-motion-tv-wall-mount-with-fully-articulating-arm-for-32-to-80-flat-screen-displays","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Outdoor Full-Motion TV Wall Mount with Fully Articulating Arm for 32? to 80? Flat-Screen Displays","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eEnhance outdoor living and commercial signage with a rugged, versatile mounting solution built for outdoor environments. The Eaton Tripp Lite Series Outdoor Full-Motion TV Wall Mount positions your 32\"–80\" flat-screen displays exactly where you want them, delivering dynamic viewing angles from decks, patios, pool areas, and more. With a fully articulating arm, dependable VESA compatibility, and a design optimized for outdoor use, this mount blends performance, convenience, and durability to keep your outdoor entertainment and digital signage looking sharp in any weather.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eFully articulating arm delivers a broad range of motion, letting you extend, tilt, swivel, and retract to achieve the perfect viewing angle from seating areas, walkways, or outdoor kiosks.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003eSupports 32\" to 80\" flat-screen displays with VESA compatibility, enabling a wide variety of modern TVs and digital signage panels to be mounted securely.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor-ready design with robust materials and protective finishes that resist sun exposure, rain, and temperature changes, helping your display stay clear and functional year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003eSimple, efficient installation and user-friendly adjustments, designed to simplify wall mounting on a variety of surfaces including wood and masonry in outdoor spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for digital signage, outdoor home entertainment, resort patios, hotel balconies, and commercial outdoor spaces where reliable viewing from multiple angles is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series Outdoor Full-Motion TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDisplay size range: 32\"–80\" flat-screen displays\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount type: Outdoor full-motion wall mount with a fully articulating arm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: VESA-compliant mounting interface compatible with standard patterns\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConstruction: Steel\/aluminum components with protective, outdoor-ready finishes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Typically black powder-coated to resist corrosion and blend with outdoor aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Series Outdoor Full-Motion TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan and prepare the installation area: choose a sturdy wall surface capable of supporting the combined weight of the mount and the TV. Check for obstructions and ensure there is enough clearance for full arm motion, extension, and tilt without hitting fixtures, railings, or windows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLocate mounting points: use a stud finder or appropriate anchors for masonry surfaces to identify secure attachment points. Use a level to ensure the wall plate will be mounted square to the viewing area to avoid misalignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the wall plate: secure the wall plate or mounting plate to the wall using the supplied hardware compatible with your wall type. Verify levelness and stability before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInstall the articulating arm and bracket: attach the full-motion arm to the wall plate according to the included instructions. Ensure all pivot points move smoothly and that the arm locks securely into place when positioned.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount the TV: connect the TV’s VESA mounting pattern to the arm bracket. Use the appropriate screws and spacers as specified in the TV’s mounting guidelines, then attach and tighten securely. Double-check that cables have enough slack to accommodate full motion without strain.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjust and finalize: after mounting, extend and retract the arm, tilt the screen, and swivel to each viewing position. Make any necessary cable management adjustments to keep lines tidy and protected from the elements. Confirm alignment and stability before use in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What screen sizes does this mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mount is designed to accommodate 32\" to 80\" flat-screen displays with standard VESA mounting patterns that fit most mid-to-large TVs and signage panels used in outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this mount suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The Eaton Tripp Lite outdoor full-motion mount is engineered for outdoor environments, featuring durable construction and finishes intended to withstand sun, rain, and temperature variations typical of patios, decks, and poolside installations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount tilt, swivel, and extend?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Indeed. The full-motion arm provides tilt, swivel, and extend\/retract functionality, enabling you to adjust viewing angles from multiple positions and to optimize visibility from seating areas, walkways, or public spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What surfaces can I mount this on?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mount is designed for common outdoor mounting surfaces such as wood or masonry walls. Always follow the included installation guidance and use hardware appropriate for your wall type and local building codes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I ensure secure cable management outdoors?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Plan cable routes to shield connections from moisture and sun exposure. Use weatherproof gaskets or conduit as needed, and keep power and signal cables organized to prevent strain on the connection points when the arm moves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910163554530,"sku":"5964811","price":204.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289209_a87613cb-d06d-4f2f-b182-92d190e08585.jpg?v=1755357456"},{"product_id":"manhattan-461597-desk-mount-for-curved-screen-display-flat-panel-display","title":"Manhattan 461597 Desk Mount for Curved Screen Display, Flat Panel Display","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eUpgrade your workspace with the Manhattan 461597 Desk Mount, a dual-monitor mounting solution engineered for both curved screens and flat panels. Designed to deliver a premium full-motion experience, this mount securely supports two displays from 17\" to 32\" with gas-spring arms that respond to the lightest touch. Experience effortless adjustments, ergonomic positioning, and a cleaner desk setup that boosts productivity whether you’re working, editing, coding, or gaming.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe core advantage of this dual monitor arm lies in its gas-spring balance system. Instead of wrestling with heavy mounts or stiff joints, you can tilt, swivel, pan, and rotate with one smooth motion. Perfect for multi-taskers, designers, financial traders, and remote workers, the Manhattan 461597 helps you customize each screen for optimal viewing angles, reducing neck strain and eye fatigue over long sessions. The intuitive design accommodates curved screen displays as well as traditional flat panels, ensuring broad compatibility for a wide range of setups.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eBeyond ergonomics, the Manhattan 461597 emphasizes space efficiency and organization. By elevating and articulating your displays, you free up precious desktop real estate for keyboards, notebooks, drawing tablets, or auxiliary peripherals. Cable management channels help keep cords tidy, contributing to a sleek, distraction-free workspace. The sturdy construction provides dependable support for daily use, from casual browsing to intensive design work, while maintaining a clean, professional appearance on your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you’re outfitting a home office, a corporate workstation, or a shared collaboration space, this desk mount is built to adapt. Its dual-arm design enables precise alignment between two monitors, enabling a seamless side-by-side workflow. The compatibility with a wide range of screen sizes makes it a flexible investment that can evolve with your hardware without requiring a full reconfiguration of your setup. As screen workloads increase, a reliable mounting system like the Manhattan 461597 becomes a pivotal component of effective, comfortable computing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDual-monitor flexibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports two displays from 17\" to 32\" for a compact, productive workspace, enabling side-by-side multitasking without desk clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEffortless adjustability:\u003c\/b\u003e Gas-spring arms provide smooth, precise movement with just the lightest touch, so you can quickly tailor angles for meetings, coding sessions, or media editing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFull-motion range:\u003c\/b\u003e Tilt, swivel, and rotate to achieve the perfect viewing angle, reducing neck and eye strain during long workdays and late-night project sprints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSturdy, reliable design:\u003c\/b\u003e Heavy-duty construction securely clamps to desks, delivering stable performance even when both displays are in use at extended angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eClean, organized workspace:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated cable management keeps wires out of sight, supporting a tidy desk aesthetic and easier maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Manhattan 461597 Desk Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDisplay compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Dual displays compatible with 17\"–32\" screens, allowing versatile configurations for curved and flat-panel monitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting method:\u003c\/b\u003e Desktop desk-mount design that enables secure clamping to the edge of a workspace for stability and easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMovement system:\u003c\/b\u003e Gas-spring assisted arms provide smooth, balanced motion for effortless adjustment and precise positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/b\u003e Built for durability to support daily use and long-term reliability in home or office environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable management:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated pathways to keep cables organized and out of sight for a cleaner workstation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Manhattan 461597 Desk Mount\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eSetting up this dual-monitor desk mount is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack the components and verify all parts are present according to the included instruction sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the desktop mount on your chosen work surface and determine the best position for your two displays based on your line of sight and desk layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the mount to the desk edge using the supplied clamp mechanism, ensuring a firm grip that can support the weight of both monitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting plates to your displays following the standard VESA mounting pattern recommended by your monitors, then connect the arms to the plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower on your systems and adjust the gas-spring tension to achieve balanced, easy movement; arrange cable management to keep cords neat and unobtrusive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What sizes do the arms support? \u003cb\u003e A:\u003c\/b\u003e The mount supports two displays from 17\" to 32\", suitable for most mid-sized to large monitors and curved screens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can the arms rotate independently? \u003cb\u003e A:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, the dual-arm design allows independent adjustments for each screen to optimize your viewing angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is this mount suitable for curved screens? \u003cb\u003e A:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes, it is designed to accommodate curved screen displays in addition to flat-panel monitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does it manage cables? \u003cb\u003e A:\u003c\/b\u003e It includes integrated cable management channels to keep cables tidy and out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Manhattan","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910163882210,"sku":"5447855","price":127.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175289245_d158a1bb-8d7a-43e8-b8e7-f285e4572b90.jpg?v=1755176510"},{"product_id":"viewsonic-pj-wmk-007-ceiling-mount-for-projector-white","title":"ViewSonic PJ-WMK-007 Ceiling Mount for Projector - White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe PJ-WMK-007 ceiling mount from ViewSonic is engineered for secure, versatile projector placement in a wide range of environments. Designed to support most projectors weighing up to 55 lbs, this mount delivers a clean, low-profile solution that keeps equipment safely overhead while maximizing image placement options. The white finish blends seamlessly with standard ceilings, creating a discreet installation that doesn’t compete with your room’s décor. With four dual-joint support arms, the PJ-WMK-007 offers exceptional flexibility, allowing precise projector positioning to achieve optimal throw distance, image alignment, and tilt without sacrificing stability. A quick release connector further enhances usability by enabling rapid installation and easy projector swapping when needed, making it an ideal choice for classrooms, meeting spaces, and home theaters alike.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: Fits most projectors weighing up to 55 lbs, ensuring broad compatibility across common classroom, office, and home theater models.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible positioning: Four dual-joint arms provide a wide range of motion, allowing you to reach nearly any mounting point on a projector and tailor tilt, rotation, and height for precise image alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQuick release connector: Enables fast, tool-free installation and easy projector swaps, minimizing downtime between presentations or media sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStylish, low-profile design: White finish blends with most ceilings for a clean installation that remains unobtrusive while securely supporting your projector.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVersatile mounting solution: Built to be compatible with a variety of spaces—from classrooms and conference rooms to home theater setups—thanks to its flexible arm configuration and robust construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of ViewSonic PJ-WMK-007 Ceiling Mount for Projector\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: Up to 55 lbs (25 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: White\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting Style: Ceiling mount with four dual-joint arms for multi-axis adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnector: Quick release mechanism for fast projector installation and removal\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Designed to fit a wide range of projectors, enabling flexible deployment in various spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install ViewSonic PJ-WMK-007 Ceiling Mount for Projector\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the ceiling by locating structural support and selecting a mounting location that provides the desired image throw and clearance for maintenance. Use hardware appropriate for your ceiling type and ensure the surface can safely bear the projector’s weight.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting plate securely to the ceiling using the supplied hardware, then verify alignment with the projector’s intended position to achieve the correct image height and offset.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConnect the four dual-joint arms to the mounting plate, positioning them to align with the projector’s mounting points. Tighten all joints to prevent unwanted movement while allowing smooth adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount the projector to the quick release connector, ensuring a secure connection. Lock the fasteners as required by the connector design to prevent accidental detachment during use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAdjust the projector’s tilt, swivel, and height to achieve a straight, level image. Once the image is correctly aligned, tidy and secure any cables to maintain a clean and safe setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What weight can the PJ-WMK-007 support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The mount is designed to support projectors weighing up to 55 lbs, making it compatible with a wide range of commonly used models.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How flexible is the mounting for projector placement?\u003c\/b\u003e A: With four dual-joint arms, the PJ-WMK-007 offers extensive adjustability to reach nearly any projector mounting point and achieve the desired tilt, swivel, and height.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount include a quick release connector?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes, the PJ-WMK-007 includes a quick release connector to facilitate fast installation and easy projector swaps when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What color is the mount?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The mount is finished in white, designed to blend with standard ceilings for a discreet installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ViewSonic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910203203810,"sku":"5179426","price":124.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290146_be5b363e-c810-4987-9c78-e2a4a068372c.jpg?v=1755357340"},{"product_id":"logitech-mounting-bracket-for-video-conferencing-system-computer-mini-pc","title":"Logitech Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System, Computer, Mini PC","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA clean and secure mounting option designed to keep your compute device out of sight and out of harm’s way. The Logitech Mounting Bracket provides discreet installation behind displays, inside cabinets, or on carts, making Compute Mount an ideal fit for any modern video conferencing space. It’s built to complement Logitech RoomMate deployments and Google Meet configurations, delivering a unified, clutter-free look while preserving easy access for maintenance and upgrades. By relocating the compute hardware from the desk surface to a protected enclosure, you reduce cable clutter, minimize accidental bumps, and simplify room aesthetics without sacrificing performance or accessibility. In every meeting environment—from compact huddle rooms to expansive collaboration spaces—this mounting solution helps you maintain professional, streamlined setups that emphasize clarity of video and reliability of connectivity. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA clean and secure mounting option that keeps your compute devices out of sight and out of harm's way, helping protect valuable hardware from accidental contact, everyday wear, and cable strain while preserving a neat, organized workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for versatile, discreet installation behind displays, inside cabinets, or on rolling carts, offering flexible placement that adapts to a wide range of room layouts and furniture configurations without compromising accessibility for maintenance or future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for Logitech RoomMate configurations and Google Meet environments, enabling a cohesive, integrated look across your conferencing ecosystem. The bracket supports a seamless alignment of camera, mic, and display components while maintaining optimal placement for network and power connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversally compatible with a broad set of devices used in video conferencing—computers, mini PCs, and other compatible systems—providing a single mounting solution that simplifies setup, reduces hardware variety, and enhances room aesthetics in mixed-device environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction designed to withstand high-traffic meeting spaces and daily use, with robust hardware interfaces and finishes intended to endure long-term deployment. The bracket emphasizes reliability, secure attachment, and steady performance across numerous room configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Logitech Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System, Computer, Mini PC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct overview: Logitech Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System, Computer, Mini PC, a purpose-built solution to mount compute devices securely and unobtrusively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting locations: Supports discreet installation behind displays, inside cabinets, or on rolling carts, enabling flexible room layouts and minimal visual distraction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility focus: Engineered to align with Logitech RoomMate setups and Google Meet configurations, while accommodating a range of video conferencing systems, computers, and mini PCs within typical office and educational environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction notes: Built for durability in busy meeting spaces, prioritizing stable attachment, cable management options, and long-term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable and airflow considerations: Designed to facilitate tidy cable routing and maintain adequate airflow around mounted devices to help prevent overheating during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guidance: Requires appropriate mounting hardware suitable for the chosen surface and device; refer to the product manual for detailed installation procedures and safety precautions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight and load guidance: Ensure the mounted device’s weight and mounting profile align with the bracket’s load capabilities and the surface’s load-bearing capacity (specific figures not included in the provided description).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Logitech Mounting Bracket for Video Conferencing System, Computer, Mini PC\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow these general steps to install the Logitech Mounting Bracket in your space. Use appropriate mounting hardware for your surface and device, and verify all connections and clearances before full operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify the optimal mounting location where the compute device will be secure but accessible for maintenance. Consider behind a display for a clean foreground setup, inside a cabinet to minimize exposure to dust, or on a cart for easy mobility between rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the mounting surface by ensuring it is clean, level, and capable of supporting the combined weight of the bracket and the compute device. Clear any obstructions and plan cable routes to prevent strain on connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting bracket to the chosen surface using appropriate fasteners for the material (wall, cabinet, or cart). Confirm the bracket sits level and that mounting points align with the device’s mounting interface or chassis points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the compute device onto or onto the bracket as specified by the bracket’s design and the device’s mounting points. Tighten fasteners securely to minimize movement during room use while avoiding overtightening that could damage hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoute power, video, USB, and network cables along designated channels or cable channels provided by the bracket. Keep cables organized to reduce strain and enhance room aesthetics; consider using cable ties or Velcro straps suitable for the installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the entire configuration by powering on the device, verifying connectivity to displays and peripherals, checking camera and microphone alignment, and confirming proper ventilation around the mounted equipment. Make any final positioning adjustments to optimize cable routing and accessibility for future service tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices are compatible with the Logitech Mounting Bracket?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The bracket is designed to securely mount compute devices such as computers and mini PCs and is positioned to support configurations common to Logitech RoomMate and Google Meet setups. It serves as a universal mounting solution suitable for a variety of video conferencing systems and hardware in professional environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Where can I install the bracket?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The bracket is engineered for discreet installation behind displays, inside cabinets, or on carts. This versatility allows room designers to minimize visual clutter while keeping the compute device accessible for maintenance, software updates, or quick hardware swaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Do I need special tools?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Basic mounting tools appropriate for your chosen surface are required. Follow the installation guidelines and use common hand tools to attach the bracket securely and align the device properly with the mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Will mounting affect device cooling?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Ensure adequate airflow around the mounted device and provide any recommended ventilation paths. Proper air circulation helps maintain performance during extended conference sessions and reduces the risk of overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is there a warranty?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Warranty terms vary by retailer and region. Check the product listing or contact your supplier for coverage details and available service options to protect your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this bracket support multi-device configurations?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The bracket is designed to mount a single compute device per installation. If you need to mount multiple devices, consider multiple brackets or a surface capable of supporting stacked configurations, ensuring each unit is securely fastened and compliant with weight limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Logitech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910210642146,"sku":"6354140","price":149.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290395_a07b9de4-97a9-4cb4-b48e-d2f9f010cdcc.jpg?v=1755178307"},{"product_id":"startech-com-articulating-tv-wall-mount-vesa-wall-mount-tv-bracket-for-65-inch-99lb-curved-tvs-corner-adjustable-low-profile-wall-mount","title":"StarTech.com Articulating TV Wall Mount, VESA Wall Mount TV Bracket for 65 inch\/99lb\/Curved TVs, Corner Adjustable Low Profile Wall Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your home theater or office display with the StarTech.com Articulating TV Wall Mount. Designed to support large, curved, and standard flat-screen TVs from 26 inches up to 65 inches, this wall mount combines strength and versatility in a sleek, space-saving package. Built with a robust steel and aluminum frame, it delivers dependable performance for years of reliable viewing, whether you’re setting up a living room media wall, a conference room display, or a multimedia workstation. The articulated arm provides smooth, precise motion and folds neatly back toward the wall for a low-profile appearance that stays out of sight when not in use. Perfect for corner mounting and rooms where wall space is at a premium, this mount ensures optimal viewing angles while preserving screen clarity and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWide compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports 26\" to 65\" TVs, including curved screens, ensuring you can upgrade or reposition displays without needing new hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHigh weight capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Supports up to 99.2 lb (45 kg), giving you confidence with larger, heavier displays and future upgrade flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eArticulating motion:\u003c\/b\u003e Smooth extension, swivel, and tilt for personalized viewing angles from anywhere in the room, reducing glare and achieving the best picture quality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow-profile design:\u003c\/b\u003e Arm retracts toward the wall to minimize depth and maintain a clean, professional look in living rooms, bedrooms, or offices.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSturdy construction:\u003c\/b\u003e A robust steel and aluminum frame delivers long-lasting support and reliability for daily use in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of StarTech.com Articulating TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTV size range:\u003c\/b\u003e 26\" – 65\" displays for versatile installation options and future-proofing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeight capacity:\u003c\/b\u003e Up to 99.2 lb (45 kg) to accommodate large screens and ensure safe, secure mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial composition:\u003c\/b\u003e Durable steel and aluminum frame designed for strength and longevity in both residential and commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting versatility:\u003c\/b\u003e Articulating arm supports smooth motion with the ability to extend, tilt, and swivel to achieve optimal viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eProfile:\u003c\/b\u003e Corner-adjustable, low-profile design that retracts toward the wall for a clean installation with minimal visual intrusion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install StarTech.com Articulating TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePlan and prepare:\u003c\/b\u003e Verify wall type (studs preferred) and locate the ideal mounting location to align with seating for ergonomic viewing. Gather all included mounting hardware and tools recommended by StarTech.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAttach the wall plate:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the wall plate to wall studs using the provided screws and anchors appropriate for your wall material. Ensure the plate is level before tightening fully.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAttach mount arms to TV:\u003c\/b\u003e Use the VESA-compatible mounting holes on your TV to attach the arms with the appropriate screws supplied. Tighten snugly to prevent any movement, but avoid overtightening that could damage the TV.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMount the TV assembly:\u003c\/b\u003e With assistance, align the mounted arms with the wall plate and secure the connection according to the product instructions. Confirm that all fasteners are seated and secure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAdjust for viewing:\u003c\/b\u003e Extend the arm to the desired distance from the wall, then tilt and swivel to minimize glare and achieve your preferred viewing angle. Lock any adjustment screws to maintain position during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Will this mount fit curved TVs?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. It is designed to support curved and flat-screen TVs within the 26\" to 65\" range and up to 99.2 lb (45 kg). The articulating arm enables precise positioning for curved displays and optimal picture quality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it require a lot of wall depth?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It features a low-profile, corner-adjustable design that retracts toward the wall, minimizing depth and preserving a clean, modern look in any room.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I mount this in a corner?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The mount is designed for corner installations, allowing you to maximize space while still achieving excellent viewing angles and accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is it suitable for heavy televisions?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. With a maximum load of 99.2 lb (45 kg) and a sturdy steel-aluminum frame, it provides reliable support for sizable screens.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I maintain the mount?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Periodically check all screws and fasteners to ensure nothing has loosened with use. Keep the arms clean and free of debris to maintain smooth motion and extend the life of the mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"StarTech.com","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910217162978,"sku":"7308035","price":438.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290671_fcc10d62-9b5e-4971-a3d1-e71167f13693.jpg?v=1755178658"},{"product_id":"compulocks-counter-wall-mount-for-tablet-notebook-ipad-black","title":"Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Notebook, iPad - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Notebook, iPad - Black is a versatile, security-first mounting solution designed to keep devices visible, accessible, and protected in busy workspaces. Whether you’re outfitting a retail kiosk, a hospital information desk, a classroom, or a front-desk station, this mount adapts to your needs by supporting laptops, tablets, and iPads of varying sizes. Built to endure daily use, it integrates seamlessly with the durable Core Stand, creating a cohesive, modular system that can evolve with your technology needs. With multiple configurations available—floor\/podium stand, counter stand, and wall arm—you can position devices for optimal ergonomics and security, while reducing clutter and improving operational efficiency. The result is a professional, locked-down mounting solution that elevates customer interactions, staff productivity, and device longevity in any setting.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal device compatibility and secure locking:\u003c\/b\u003e The Counter\/Wall Mount is engineered to securely hold laptops, tablets, and iPads across sizes, delivering a single, dependable mounting solution for mixed-device environments. This flexibility helps you standardize hardware across departments while preserving accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible configurations for any setting:\u003c\/b\u003e Use it as a counter stand for front-desk kiosks, a floor\/podium mount for stage or presentation areas, or a wall arm for space-saving collaboration. Its modular design makes it ideal for retail, education, healthcare, hospitality, and industrial environments where quick, reliable device access matters.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, tamper-resistant construction:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted from rugged steel with a matte black powder-coated finish, the mount resists daily wear and tampering. The sturdy build provides long-term reliability in high-traffic spaces, helping deter theft while maintaining ease of use for authorized personnel.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCable management and clean aesthetics:\u003c\/b\u003e Thoughtful cable routing keeps power and data cords neatly organized, reducing visual clutter and snag hazards. A tidy installation improves workflow and creates a professional, modern appearance for customer-facing setups.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy integration with Core Stand and accessories:\u003c\/b\u003e Specifically designed to pair with the Core Stand, this mount enables rapid, tool-light setup and scalable configurations. It supports future expansions with compatible mounts and arms, giving you a future-proof platform for evolving device fleets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Notebook, iPad - Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting configurations:\u003c\/b\u003e Counter, wall arm, and floor\/podium stand compatible options to suit various environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial and finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Powder-coated steel construction with a durable black finish for long-lasting protection and a professional look in any space.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to deter tampering with secure mounting provisions; compatible with optional locking accessories to safeguard devices in public or semi-public areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDevice compatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to hold tablets, notebooks, and iPads of multiple sizes; intended to work broadly across common enterprise devices while pairing seamlessly with the Core Stand ecosystem.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstallation footprint:\u003c\/b\u003e Configurations are adaptable to different surfaces and mounting patterns; hardware requirements vary by surface type (surface-mixing hardware sold separately or as part of a package).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWarranty and support:\u003c\/b\u003e Backed by Compulocks’ reliability and service network for ongoing support and parts availability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to Install Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount for Tablet, Notebook, iPad\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Compulocks Counter\/Wall Mount is designed to be straightforward, allowing you to deploy a secure, ergonomic workstation quickly. Follow these steps to install the mount across counter, wall, or podium configurations and to ready your devices for immediate use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Select the mounting surface and collect all installation hardware appropriate for your surface (screws, anchors, and mounting plates). Ensure the surface is clean, dry, and capable of bearing the intended load.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Attach the base or mounting plate to the chosen surface using the supplied screws and anchors. Use a level to verify alignment, ensuring the mount sits squarely and securely.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Attach the wall arm, counter bracket, or podium leg to the mounted base according to the configuration you’re implementing. Tighten all fasteners to secure the frame while avoiding overtightening that could damage components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 4: Install the device cradle or mounting interface that accommodates your tablet, notebook, or iPad. Position the device so that cables can be routed neatly and exits are accessible for power and data connections.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 5: Route cables through the integrated management channels and connect power and data lines. If you’ve chosen a locking kit, secure the device within the cradle or mounting frame and test the locking mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 6: Perform a stability check by gently attempting to move the mounted device in all supported directions. Confirm that the device remains firmly in place and that the surface hardware remains anchored.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 7: Configure any desired tilt, rotation, or swivel adjustments to optimize ergonomics for staff and customers. Re-check cable routes and tighten any adjustments as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices does this mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The Counter\/Wall Mount is designed to hold a broad range of tablets, notebooks, and iPads of various sizes, making it a versatile solution for mixed-device environments. If a specific model is unusually large or small, verify fitment with the device’s dimensions against the mount’s adjustable range.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use this mount to secure a laptop?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The mount is built to securely hold notebooks and laptops in addition to tablets and iPads, enabling flexible setups in offices, classrooms, retail kiosks, and healthcare environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount include a lock?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The base mount offers security features and is compatible with optional locking hardware or accessories. Check your configuration for included locks or plan to purchase locking components separately for enhanced device protection in public spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation complicated?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Not at all. The mount uses common mounting patterns and includes straightforward hardware for surface attachment. With basic tools and the step-by-step guidance, you can complete a secure installation in under an hour, depending on surface type and configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I reconfigure the mount later?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The modular design supports multiple configurations—counter, wall arm, and floor\/podium setups—so you can adapt to new spaces or device fleets without replacing the entire mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910218768610,"sku":"7674828","price":138.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175290744_096780ba-9d7c-4f54-935f-fe0b6b8452c3.jpg?v=1755178751"},{"product_id":"axis-pendant-kit-for-the-axis-q60-series-and-axis-p55-series-ptz-network-cameras","title":"Axis Pendant Kit for the AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ Network Cameras","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your surveillance setup with the Axis Pendant Kit, purpose-built to support AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ network cameras. This mounting solution is engineered for seamless ceiling installations, delivering clean cable management, robust support, and a discreet, professional aesthetic suitable for offices, campuses, retail environments, and critical infrastructure. Built to Axis’ exacting standards, the pendant kit integrates smoothly with Axis mounting hardware and accessories, enabling fast deployment while maintaining a tidy, maintenance-friendly setup. Whether you’re upgrading an existing system or deploying a new security installation, this pendant kit provides the reliability and versatility needed to maximize camera performance and field of view.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility and versatility: Specifically designed to work with AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ network cameras, covering a wide range of models within these families. The kit’s mounting footprint aligns with standard Axis patterns, ensuring a reliable, plug-and-play experience for installers and technicians. This compatibility translates to reduced installation time and fewer adjustments once your cameras are mounted, so you can focus on securing your site rather than wrestling with hardware compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable, unobtrusive construction: Crafted from high-quality materials that balance strength with lightweight handling, the pendant kit delivers a solid mounting solution without adding unnecessary bulk to your ceiling. The finish and materials are chosen to withstand daily use in professional environments, maintaining a clean, professional appearance while protecting the camera from vibration and movement that could degrade image quality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEfficient cable management: Integrated channels and routing points provide neat, organized pathways for power and data cables. With dedicated entry and exit points, the kit helps minimize cable clutter and reduces wear on connecting cables, contributing to longer camera life and simpler maintenance. A tidy cabling solution also minimizes the risk of accidental disconnections in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible installation options: The pendant design supports versatile ceiling installations, including standard drop mounting configurations. It offers adaptability for various architectural environments, enabling installers to position cameras precisely for optimal coverage. The kit’s design simplifies alignment adjustments during setup, helping you achieve the best possible panoramic view with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReliability and long-term value: By providing a stable, secure mounting platform for AXIS cameras, the pendant kit helps ensure consistent performance across changing conditions. The solution is designed to complement Axis’ ecosystem, enabling hassle-free integration with future Axis accessories and software updates while delivering dependable operation in day-to-day security deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Axis Pendant Kit for the AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ Network Cameras\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ network cameras (supports standard Axis mounting patterns and common model variations).\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting type: Pendant mount designed for ceiling installations and compatible with Axis mounting hardware for secure suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConstruction: Durable aluminum alloy body with a corrosion-resistant finish suitable for indoor environments and high-traffic locations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIncluded components: Pendant arm, mounting plate, securing screws, and required grommets for cable routing; detailed contents provided with purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: Built-in channels and dedicated cable entry\/exit points to keep power and data cables organized and protected against wear.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFootprint and compatibility: Standard Axis mounting footprint to align with existing install patterns and ensure a clean integration with other Axis accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Axis Pendant Kit for the AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ Network Cameras\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 1: Inspect the installation site. Confirm that the ceiling structure can support the combined weight of the pendant kit and the AXIS PTZ camera. Verify electrical access for power and data cables and prepare a clean pathway to the camera location.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 2: Position and secure the ceiling anchor or mounting bracket as specified by the installation guidelines. Use the supplied screws and fasteners, ensuring the anchor is level to prevent camera misalignment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 3: Attach the pendant arm to the ceiling mount, making sure it is firmly secured and aligned to match the intended camera orientation. Double-check that the arm offers the correct drop length for the desired field of view before tightening.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 4: Route power and data cables through the pendant’s internal channels and grommets. Keep cables neat and protected, exiting at the designated points to minimize strain on connectors and to facilitate future maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 5: Attach the camera mounting plate to the pendant arm. Align the camera’s mounting pattern with the plate, then tighten the fasteners to the recommended torque to avoid over-tightening, which can damage components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 6: Mount the AXIS Q60-series or AXIS P55-series PTZ camera onto the mounting plate. Connect network and power cables, then perform a basic alignment to set the camera’s initial position, pan, and tilt. Verify that the image framing is correct and that the camera remains stable after any minor adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStep 7: Tidy up cabling with ties and re-check all screws and connections. Power up the system and confirm that the camera communicates correctly with the network, preserving the integrity of video streams and camera controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is the Axis Pendant Kit compatible with all AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ cameras? A: The kit is designed to work with AXIS Q60-series and AXIS P55-series PTZ network cameras and supports the standard mounting patterns used by those lines.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Does the pendant kit include all mounting hardware? A: The kit includes the pendant arm, mounting plate, screws, and required grommets for cable routing. Contents may vary by package; verify the included items on the product page or packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is installation difficult for non-professionals? A: Installation is intended for professional installers or users with mounting experience. It involves ceiling mounting, cable routing, and camera calibration. Axis provides installation guidelines to assist qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can this pendant kit be used in outdoor environments? A: The pendant kit is designed for indoor use with standard Axis mounting practices. For outdoor installations, consult Axis support for weather-appropriate accessories or enclosures and ensure compatibility with your site requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Will the pendant kit affect camera performance or image quality? A: When correctly installed and aligned, the pendant kit does not affect camera performance. It provides a stable, vibration-minimized platform that helps maintain consistent image quality and precise pan\/tilt control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AXIS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910235873506,"sku":"12290479","price":83.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"chief-fusion-large-tv-wall-mount-micro-adjustable-fixed-for-displays-42-86-black","title":"Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount - Micro-Adjustable Fixed - For Displays 42-86\" - Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount is the premium mounting solution designed for modern living rooms, home theaters, and professional setups where security, style, and ease of installation matter most. Built to cradle large displays from 42 to 86 inches, this micro-adjustable fixed mount blends industrial-strength engineering with installer-friendly features to deliver a flawless, flush-to-wall look. With a clean black finish and a focus on minimal profile, the Fusion Large maximizes viewing comfort while minimizing mounting visibility, creating a sleek centerpiece for any space.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eOptimized for large screens: Supports 42 to 86 inch displays with a robust, secure mounting system that keeps your TV steady and level for years of dependable use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMicro-adjustable fixed design: Precision leveling and fine-tuning allow exact alignment after installation, ensuring your screen sits perfectly flat against the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePremium build and installer-approved: Crafted with durability in mind and designed with feedback from professional installers to simplify installation and ensure reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLow-profile aesthetic: A slim silhouette hugs the wall, reducing gaps and providing a clean, modern look that enhances any room decor.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEffortless installation and maintenance: Clear hardware, straightforward instructions, and thoughtful cable-management considerations make setup quick and long-term upkeep simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eBrand: Chief\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eModel: Fusion Large\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDisplay size range: 42\" – 86\"\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMount type: Micro-adjustable fixed\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility notes: Designed for contemporary flat-panel displays within the specified size range; consult your TV's VESA pattern to confirm compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003ehow to install Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cp\u003eInstalling the Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount is a straightforward process when you follow the right steps and prepare your space in advance. This guide outlines a thorough, installer-friendly approach to achieve a precise, secure mount for your 42-86 inch television while preserving a clean, professional look. Always ensure you have the right mounting hardware for your wall type and TV, and enlist a helper for safely handling large displays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlan and locate mounting points: Use a stud finder to identify wall studs or confirm hollow-wall anchor suitability based on your wall construction. For optimal security, anchor the wall plate into vertical studs that can support the load of a 42–86\" TV. Mark the centerline where the wall plate will be mounted and verify levelness before drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the wall plate to the wall: Align the wall plate with your marks and secure it using the provided hardware appropriate to your wall type (wood studs, concrete, or masonry). Tighten fasteners firmly while checking level periodically to maintain a precise, flush profile against the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the TV mounting arms: On the back of your TV, locate the correct mounting holes that match the VESA pattern recommended by the manufacturer. Attach the mounting arms or brackets to the TV using the supplied screws, ensuring a secure, vibration-free connection. Tighten evenly to avoid off-center mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHang the TV on the wall plate: With a helper, lift the television and align the mounting arms with the wall plate hardware. Carefully engage the TV with the wall mount, ensuring the connection is secure and the display is centered. If the micro-adjustable features allow, perform a precise leveling adjustment to achieve a perfectly straight screen.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinalize cable management and safety checks: Route power and AV cables through any built-in channels or around the sides to maintain a tidy, protected setup. Re-check level, tighten all fasteners as needed, and perform a gentle test to confirm stability and alignment before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What screen sizes does the Chief Fusion Large TV Wall Mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mount is designed to support displays ranging from 42\" to 86\". This makes it ideal for mid-to-large televisions commonly used in living rooms, home theaters, and commercial spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Fusion Large a fixed mount or does it allow tilt?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is a micro-adjustable fixed mount, meaning the display sits close to the wall with very limited movement, but you can make precise level adjustments during installation for a perfectly plumb, flush appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is the finish and color of this mount?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Fusion Large comes in a black finish, providing a sleek, low-profile look that blends seamlessly with most TVs and room decors.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation hardware included?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the product typically includes the necessary hardware and instructions for mounting the wall plate to a compatible wall and attaching the TV to the arms. Always verify that you have the correct screws for your TV’s VESA pattern and wall type.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does this mount support cable management?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The Fusion Large is designed with a clean, low-profile profile in mind, and many installations benefit from built-in or optional cable-management solutions to keep cables tidy and protected while preserving the aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chief","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910240329954,"sku":"4272425","price":308.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"tripp-lite-by-eaton-8u-wall-mount-bracket-for-small-switches-and-patch-panels-hinged","title":"Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket for Small Switches and Patch Panels, Hinged","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket is a compact, space-saving solution designed to organize and protect your essential networking gear in tight spaces. Whether you’re outfitting a home office, a small business, or a network closet, this hinged wall-mount bracket provides quick access to your switches and patch panels while keeping cables tidy and out of the way. Built for reliability, this 8U rack-height wall-mount stays sturdy under everyday use, making it an ideal choice for keeping your equipment safe and accessible without sacrificing valuable floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned with efficiency in mind, this 8U wall-mount bracket supports standard 19-inch rack-mount equipment, making it compatible with a broad range of small switches, patch panels, and other networking components. The hinged design allows you to swing the front panel open for effortless access during maintenance, upgrades, or troubleshooting, so you can reach ports and connections without removing the entire enclosure. The bracket’s robust steel construction and durable finish ensure it can withstand daily wear while protecting delicate electronics from dust, accidental bumps, and the odd cable tangle.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you’re wiring a home network, a small office, or a storefront’s digital infrastructure, this Tripp Lite wall-mount solution helps you keep cables organized and visible access ready. The 8U capacity balances ample space for multiple devices with a slim profile that tucks neatly against a wall, under a desk, or inside a small closet. It’s a practical, scalable option for growing networks and evolving setups, so you won’t outgrow it quickly as your equipment changes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe hinged, front-access design is particularly beneficial for routine maintenance and equipment swaps. You can quickly identify port labeling, reseat cables, or swap out a switch without detaching units. This design also assists with heat management, as you can more easily route cables and plan airflow around devices. With cable management features and a standardized 19-inch width, you can align equipment with other rack-mounted assets for a tidy, professional look that enhances both aesthetics and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e8U capacity\u003c\/b\u003e provides ample vertical space for multiple small switches, patch panels, or stacked networking components in a compact wall-mount footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHinged front panel design\u003c\/b\u003e enables quick, unobstructed access to ports and cables, simplifying maintenance, upgrades, and troubleshooting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStandard 19-inch rack compatibility\u003c\/b\u003e ensures broad compatibility with commonly used small switches and patch panels in home and small business networks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable steel construction with protective finish\u003c\/b\u003e offers lasting strength and a clean, professional appearance while resisting dents and corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpace-saving, wall-mount solution\u003c\/b\u003e helps maximize usable floor space in tight rooms, closets, or behind desks, making it ideal for home offices and small offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 8U\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack width: 19 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Steel with durable powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting orientation: Wall-mount bracket designed for secure, space-saving installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Suited for small switches and patch panels within the standard 19\" rack format\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Tripp Lite by Eaton 8U Wall-Mount Bracket\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocation assessment: Choose a sturdy wall location with access to power outlets and convenient cable routing. Ensure there is enough clearance for the hinged front panel to open fully and for airflow around equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare mounting area: Use a stud finder to locate wall studs or use appropriate wall anchors rated for the expected load. Mark the mounting locations that align with the bracket’s pre-drilled holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the bracket: Secure the wall-mount bracket to the wall using suitable screws and anchors. Verify that the bracket is level and firmly anchored to support the weight of 8U of equipment plus cabling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall equipment: Slide your 19-inch rack-mountable switches and patch panels into the bracket, aligning mounting rails or brackets as needed. Ensure all devices are properly seated and labeled for easy identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management and testing: Route power and data cables neatly to minimize clutter and improve airflow. Confirm port connections, power feeds, and link status on all devices. Close the hinged front panel and test the setup under normal operating conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does 8U capacity mean?\u003c\/b\u003e A: 8U refers to eight rack units of vertical space inside the enclosure, allowing you to mount multiple small switches, patch panels, or other rack-mountable devices in a single, compact wall-mount unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this bracket suitable for home offices?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. Its space-saving wall-mount design, hinged front for quick access, and compatibility with standard 19-inch equipment make it an excellent choice for home networks and small offices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Will it fit my 19-inch equipment?\u003c\/b\u003e A: As a standard 19-inch rack-compatible bracket, it will accommodate most small switches and patch panels designed for 19-inch rack installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it come with installation hardware?\u003c\/b\u003e A: This description highlights the bracket itself; mounting hardware is typically included with the product or available separately depending on the retailer. Verify with the seller for specifics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can cables be managed effectively with this bracket?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The design supports orderly cable routing and labeling, helping you keep connections tidy and accessible while promoting better airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910240788706,"sku":"5293103","price":156.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"compulocks-galaxy-tab-a8-10-5-space-enclosure-core-counter-stand-or-wall-mount-black","title":"Compulocks Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eElevate every customer interaction with a secure, stylish display that blends premium design with unyielding durability. The Compulocks Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure is engineered to showcase your Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" tablet in high-traffic environments like retail surfaces, hospitality desks, check-in kiosks, and point-of-sale stations. Crafted from high-grade aluminum, this enclosure delivers a sleek, professional aesthetic that enhances brand image while safeguarding critical devices. The accompanying Core Counter Stand extends the enclosure’s versatility, offering a clutter-free solution that keeps cables hidden, devices accessible, and lines moving smoothly. Whether you’re building a modern self-checkout, a customer service kiosk, or a service desk mount, this system is designed to make your technology disappear into a clean, durable, and secure presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned with versatility in mind, the Space Enclosure and Core Counter Stand are engineered to maximize usability without compromising security. The enclosure keeps the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" protected from daily wear and tear, accidental drops, and tampering, while the Core Stand provides a stable, streamlined base that reduces visual clutter. The combination is ideal for environments that demand fast service and uninterrupted access to essential features like card readers, barcode scanners, and customer-facing interfaces. With an emphasis on quick locking and unlocking, authorized staff can access the device rapidly for updates, maintenance, or software changes, ensuring operational efficiency and a consistently positive customer experience. In short, this setup enables you to deliver a professional, high-end display that supports your business processes and elevates guest satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecure, elegant enclosure and base system designed specifically for the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\", delivering a clean, professional presentation in POS, retail, and service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePremium aluminum construction with a durable black finish, providing a modern, premium look while standing up to daily handling and frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible mounting options with a Space Enclosure plus Core Counter Stand that can also be configured for wall mounting, offering significant versatility for different layouts and workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQuick locking and unlocking mechanism that enables fast access for staff while maintaining strong security against tampering and theft.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThoughtful cable management and accessible ports preserve a tidy workspace, minimize cable snags, and keep the device fully functional for transactions, check-ins, and customer interactions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount Black\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterial: High-grade aluminum for durability and a premium, lightweight frame\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eColor: Black finish that blends with most interiors and branding schemes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTablet compatibility: Specifically designed for Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting options: Space Enclosure paired with Core Counter Stand; supports wall-mount configurations\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eLocking system: Integrated quick-lock feature for secure installation and rapid access\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: Built-in channels and routing to maintain a clean, professional appearance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesign intent: Clutter-free presentation to enhance customer engagement and streamline operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Compulocks Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount Black\u003c\/h4\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnbox and inspect the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure and Core Counter Stand components to ensure all parts are present and undamaged.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDecide on installation type: countertop counter stand configuration for most POS or a wall-mount setup for fixed kiosk locations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the Core Counter Stand to a stable surface using the supplied hardware, ensuring a level base that can support the enclosure weight and device load.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInsert the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" tablet into the Space Enclosure, aligning mounting points, ports, and button access as required for full functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecure the enclosure with the included lock mechanism, then route cables through the built-in channels to maintain a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eTest all functions—charging, data connections, and touch responsiveness—while verifying that the locking mechanism operates smoothly and that the display remains easily accessible to authorized staff.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIf wall mounting is chosen, attach the enclosure to the wall bracket using the provided anchors and screws, ensuring the assembly is plumb and securely fastened.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePerform a final operational check, ensure security features are engaged, and train staff on locking\/unlocking procedures for routine maintenance and software updates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" Space Enclosure compatible with the latest Galaxy Tab A8 models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: This enclosure is designed specifically for the Galaxy Tab A8 10.5\" model and fits its dimensions and port layout. If you have a different version, please verify compatibility before purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the enclosure come with keys for the locking mechanism?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the package includes the necessary keys or tools required to securely lock and unlock the enclosure, ensuring quick access for authorized staff only.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the enclosure be mounted on a wall or does it require the Core Stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system is designed for both wall mounting and counter stand use. It provides flexible mounting options to fit a variety of retail layouts and check-in stations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are cables managed inside the enclosure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The enclosure includes built-in cable management channels to route power and data lines cleanly, reducing clutter and protecting cables from damage during everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the enclosure secure against tampering and theft in busy public spaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The combination of a durable aluminum enclosure, a reliable locking mechanism, and tamper-resistant design elements offers a strong level of security in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910270017762,"sku":"7674816","price":175.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175292871_ef127dca-b5f3-40bb-b0c5-3ba5b008ada7.jpg?v=1755180757"},{"product_id":"compulocks-universal-tablet-cling-core-counter-stand-or-wall-mount-white","title":"Compulocks Universal Tablet Cling Core Counter Stand or Wall Mount White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eDiscover the pinnacle of versatile tablet presentation with the Compulocks Universal Tablet Cling Core—a smart, durable mounting solution designed to securely hold iPads and other tablets ranging from 7\" to 13\". This white, all-in-one bundle combines a robust Core counter stand with the Cling Universal VESA Mount, delivering a single, adaptable bracket that works across multiple devices and settings. Whether you’re outfitting a retail counter, a point-of-sale kiosk, a classroom, or a hotel lobby, this system provides effortless placement, easy rotation, and reliable stability. The Core stand and Cling mount are built to withstand high-traffic environments while keeping tablets accessible, visible, and simple to operate for customers and staff alike. With its sleek white finish and intuitive design, it blends seamlessly into modern interiors and branding while delivering professional, clutter-free tablet display capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal compatibility\u003c\/b\u003e: The Core Cling system is designed to accommodate all iPad models and a broad range of tablets from 7\" to 13\" in both portrait and landscape orientations. This one-bracket-fits-all approach reduces inventory complications and ensures you can swap devices without changing mounts, making it ideal for environments that frequently rotate devices or update models.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible mounting options\u003c\/b\u003e: Use the setup as a freestanding counter stand for quick customer interactions or convert it into a wall-mounted display to save space and create kiosk-like experiences. The Cling Universal VESA Mount integrates smoothly with the Core base, offering versatile mounting capabilities that adapt to your space and workflow without sacrificing stability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple, efficient installation\u003c\/b\u003e: Designed for busy environments, this system prioritizes quick setup and easy repositioning. The minimalist design requires minimal tools for initial assembly and allows you to rotate or swap tablets with minimal downtime. The result is a professional, reliable display that scales with your needs, whether you’re hosting a seasonal promotion or year-round demonstrations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, professional aesthetics\u003c\/b\u003e: Finished in a clean, modern white, the Core counter stand and Cling Mount offer a polished look that complements most branding strategies—from high-end retail to friendly hospitality spaces. Built for continuous use, the components resist daily wear and tear, maintaining form and function while presenting tablets cleanly and securely.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnhanced accessibility and reliability\u003c\/b\u003e: Position tablets at an ergonomic height and angle to maximize engagement and accessibility, while the secure mounting reduces the risk of accidental bumps or device falls in busy environments. This setup supports staff efficiency by simplifying tablet access for demonstrations, checkout tasks, or self-service interactions without compromising device integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Universal Tablet Cling Core\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Fits all 7\"–13\" tablets and iPad models in portrait or landscape orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting options: Counter stand and wall-mount capability via Cling Universal VESA Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: White to match modern retail and corporate interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary design: One-bracket-fits-all solution for simplified inventory and quick device swaps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrientation support: Supports both portrait and landscape device alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand and family: Compulocks Core with Cling Universal Mount system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Compulocks Universal Tablet Cling Core\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin, identify the primary installation location—whether a stable countertop position or a wall surface that can support the weight and provide convenient access for users. Ensure the surface is clean, dry, and free of dust that might hinder mounting or the cling mechanism. Start with the Core counter stand assembly on a flat workspace to verify stability and proper alignment. If you plan to wall-mount, locate a suitable stud or use appropriate wall anchors for a secure finish. Keep all required tools nearby and follow these steps to complete installation efficiently:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eStep 1: Assemble the Core counter stand according to the included instructions, ensuring the base is level and all fasteners are tightened securely. Step 2: Attach the Cling Universal Mount to the desired location—either on the counter surface or the chosen wall surface—following the recommended mounting pattern and ensuring the surface is clean to maximize adhesion or attachment stability. Step 3: Align your tablet with the Cling Mount’s mounting interface and slide or snap it into place as directed by the product design, making sure the device is seated firmly and evenly. Step 4: Adjust the orientation (portrait or landscape) and angle to achieve the optimal viewing position for your space, then perform a quick shake test to confirm stability. Step 5: Perform a final check after placing the tablet to ensure cables are neatly managed and there are no obstructions that could impede user access or device visibility. Step 6: Periodically inspect the mount and connections to maintain reliability in busy environments and to accommodate future device swaps with minimal downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What devices does this mount support?\u003c\/b\u003e A: It supports all 7\"–13\" tablets, including all iPad models, and allows for both portrait and landscape orientation to adapt to different content and display needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use this on a wall or only on a counter?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The system is designed for dual use, functioning as either a counter stand or a wall-mounted display depending on your space and requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is installation difficult?\u003c\/b\u003e A: No. The design emphasizes quick setup and easy repositioning, making it suitable for high-traffic environments where devices are updated or rotated frequently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does it affect tablet accessibility?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The setup positions devices for easy reach and viewing, enabling staff and customers to interact with the tablet without removing it from the mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What finishes are available?\u003c\/b\u003e A: This model is finished in white, providing a clean, modern look that blends with a wide range of interior designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45910296625378,"sku":"7674838","price":175.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175293851_19d31ec4-0263-456d-aed5-5916992da9a7.jpg?v=1755182344"},{"product_id":"compulocks-ipad-10-2-space-enclosure-wall-mount-black","title":"Compulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eCompulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount Black\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cp\u003eMeet the Compulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount in Black — a premium, security-first enclosure built to protect your device while turning it into a reliable, always-on interactive display. This enclosure is purpose-built for high-traffic environments where a sleek, professional appearance and rock-solid protection are essential. It blends rugged, commercial-grade construction with smart charging and easy access, so your iPad remains secure, charged, and ready for use at a moment’s notice. From retail kiosks and check-in stations to hospitality lounges and classroom touchpoints, this wall-mounted enclosure makes it simple to deploy engaging digital experiences without compromising security or uptime. The minimalist, space-saving design hugs the wall, reducing clutter and creating a clean, modern look that fits seamlessly with any décor. With anti-tamper features, durable materials, and a reliable locking mechanism, you can trust this enclosure to deter tampering and theft while keeping the iPad accessible for staff and guests alike.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure, tamper-resistant enclosure:\u003c\/b\u003e Built to deter theft and vandalism in busy public spaces, the enclosure employs a robust locking system and tamper-resistant hardware to protect the iPad while preserving full touchscreen usability for customers, patients, or clients. This means fewer security concerns and more uptime for your interactive experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated charging to keep devices ready:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to maintain power during extended shifts and long display cycles, the enclosure includes built-in charging capability so the iPad remains charged and ready for immediate use. Cable management is engineered to reduce clutter and preserve a tidy, professional presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpace-saving wall-mount design:\u003c\/b\u003e The slim, wall-mounted form factor creates a sleek, low-profile presence that maximizes floor space. The compact enclosure blends into any environment—retail, healthcare, hospitality, or education—while still delivering easy access for staff and users.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile compatibility for iPad 10.2\" models:\u003c\/b\u003e Engineered specifically for iPad 10.2\" tablets, this enclosure ensures a secure fit with simple docking and secure removal when needed. The design supports frequent interaction and easy servicing, making it ideal for point-of-sale, check-in, or digital signage applications.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, professional-grade construction:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted from durable materials with a black powder-coated finish, the enclosure stands up to daily wear in demanding environments. It combines strength and aesthetics, delivering a reliable attachment point for interactive displays that must endure high traffic and busy schedules.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount Black\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/b\u003e Powder-coated steel construction for lasting durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e iPad 10.2\" models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLocking mechanism:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure, keyed lock with tamper-resistant features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCharging support:\u003c\/b\u003e Integrated charging to keep the iPad powered while mounted (power adapter not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting:\u003c\/b\u003e Wall-mount enclosure designed for secure wall installation with included mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecurity features:\u003c\/b\u003e Tamper-resistant screws and protective access panel to deter tampering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAccessibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Front-facing access for easy docking, charging cord routing, and user interaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Compulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount Black\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eChoose a suitable location:\u003c\/b\u003e Select a wall area with convenient access to a power source and ample space for users to interact with the iPad. Ensure the wall can support the enclosure’s weight and mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare mounting surface:\u003c\/b\u003e Use the included mounting template to mark the drill points. Confirm level alignment to ensure a secure, straight installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInstall wall anchors and brackets:\u003c\/b\u003e Drill holes and install the provided anchors or screws appropriate for your wall type. Attach the mounting bracket or plate as directed by the manufacturer’s instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRoute power and cables:\u003c\/b\u003e Run the charging cable cleanly behind the enclosure and secure it to minimize exposure. Ensure the power adapter, when connected, will reach the wall outlet without tension on the cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSecure the enclosure and insert the iPad:\u003c\/b\u003e Place the iPad into the enclosure, align it with the locking mechanism, and engage the lock. Double-check that the device is securely fastened and that the door or lid closes smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTest operation:\u003c\/b\u003e Power up the iPad, verify charging continuity, and test the touchscreen responsiveness. Confirm access controls and security features function correctly before handing the unit over to users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this enclosure compatible with all iPad 10.2\" models?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The Compulocks iPad 10.2\" Space Enclosure Wall Mount Black is designed for iPad 10.2\" models and accommodates the typical form factor while providing secure mounting and charging. Please refer to the product page for exact model compatibility and packing details.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the enclosure charge the iPad while it is mounted?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The enclosure includes integrated charging capabilities to keep the iPad powered during use. Note that the power adapter is not included, so you’ll need to provide a compatible power supply for continuous operation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: How secure is the enclosure against tampering?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The design prioritizes security with a keyed lock and tamper-resistant hardware. An access panel and sturdy construction deter casual tampering and protect the device inside in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I use the enclosure in both portrait and landscape orientations?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The enclosure is designed for flexible deployment in typical kiosk scenarios and supports the orientation options offered by the mounting system. Check the specific installation guide for orientation compatibility with your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: What comes with the enclosure for installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The package includes the enclosure, mounting hardware, and any required components for wall installation. Power adapter and cables are typically not included and must be sourced separately based on your power needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cb\u003eQ: Is there a warranty or support available?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Warranty terms depend on the vendor policy and product line. Refer to the seller’s page or Compulocks support resources for warranty details and service options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917133209826,"sku":"5694486","price":119.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"compulocks-universal-tablet-magnetic-mount-vesa-compatible-black","title":"Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount, VESA Compatible Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eCompulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount, VESA Compatible Black\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cp\u003eDiscover a flexible, secure, and future-proof way to display and interact with tablets in busy business environments. The Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount is a cutting-edge, all-in-one solution designed to adapt to every major tablet brand and size, delivering a clean, professional look for retail checkout desks, hospitality kiosks, and corporate workspaces. Known for its Magnetix system, this mount combines universal compatibility with a secure magnetic interface, letting you display, secure, and even hold tablets by hand when needed. It’s perfect for point-of-sale applications, customer-facing displays, demonstration stations, and service desks where reliability and speed matter most. The sleek black finish blends seamlessly with modern interiors while providing robust protection against drops, theft, and wear during high-traffic hours. Whether you’re upgrading an existing installation or building a new kiosk, this mount makes it easy to switch devices without tools, without sacrificing security, and without compromising the customer experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWith the universal tablet mounting solution from Compulocks, your devices stay accessible, protected, and easy to replace as your tech stack evolves. The VESA-compatible design means you can integrate the mount with a wide range of stands, arms, and wall mounts, giving you the freedom to place tablets at the perfect height and angle for every use case. The magnetic attachment delivers a quick, one-handed connection that’s ideal for fast-paced environments—employees can snap a tablet in place, tilt or rotate to the optimal viewing orientation, and remove it just as easily when it’s time to swap for a new model. This versatility is especially valuable for businesses that frequently upgrade devices or rotate hardware across departments. In short, the Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount is a dependable, long-term solution for secure, ergonomic, and aesthetically pleasing tablet deployments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ultimate universal compatibility: Designed to work with virtually every tablet and iPad brand and size, this mount removes the guesswork from hardware deployments. Its broad compatibility supports a wide range of thicknesses and profiles, enabling seamless transitions between devices as your product lineup or employee devices change over time. Operators can standardize on a single mounting solution across different departments, improving maintenance efficiency and reducing downtime during device swaps.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecure, effortless attachment via Magnetix: The magnetic mounting system provides a fast, tool-free engagement that keeps the tablet securely aligned during use and easy to remove when needed. This feature is ideal for fast-moving checkout environments, demonstrations, and customer-facing displays where speed and security are equally important. The magnetic interface also reduces wear on mechanical latches, helping extend the life of both the tablet and the mount.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility for flexible installation: Built to integrate with standard VESA patterns, the mount can be paired with a broad ecosystem of stands, arms, and wall-mounts. This flexibility is a boon for installers and IT teams, enabling precise placement at eye level for customers and staff while preserving clear sightlines and accessible interaction.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDurable, professional design for high-traffic settings: The mount features a rugged construction and a refined black finish that resists fingerprints and daily wear. It holds up under the demands of retail floors, restaurants, and service desks, delivering reliable performance without drawing attention away from the customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHands-on usability with safe, secure handling: Beyond fixed installation, Magnetix supports moments when staff need to hold or pass a tablet by hand for product demonstrations or troubleshooting. This capability gives sales and support teams the flexibility to engage customers more effectively while maintaining device security and minimizing the risk of accidental drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Universal across major tablet brands and sizes; suitable for a broad range of 7–12.9-inch devices, including various iPad models and popular Android tablets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting interface: VESA-compatible mounting pattern to work with standard stands, arms, and wall-mount solutions; supports common VESA layouts for flexible installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity features: Magnetic attachment provides secure, quick engagement with the option for staff to remove and reattach devices as needed; designed to reduce handling complexity during busy operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial and finish: Durable metal and high-quality components finished in a professional black coating; built to withstand daily use in retail, hospitality, and office environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications: Ideal for POS counters, kiosks, showroom displays, customer service desks, and demonstration stations where secure, easy tablet interaction is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlan your layout: Choose a mounting surface that aligns with your workflow—on a counter, wall, or adjustable arm—ensuring the location offers comfortable viewing angles for staff and customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the mounting surface: Verify the surface can support the combined weight of the mount and a range of tablets. Gather the appropriate hardware for your chosen mounting option and ensure all anchors are rated for the surface material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting interface: Install the VESA plate or adapter onto the chosen mount according to the manufacturer’s instructions, ensuring it is level and secure before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the universal mount: Attach the universal tablet magnetic mount to the VESA interface using the supplied fasteners. Tighten connectors evenly to avoid misalignment, then torque to the recommended specification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the tablet and test: Attach the tablet to the magnetic interface and verify a secure hold. Test landscape and portrait orientations, tilt capabilities, and rotation to confirm smooth operation under typical in-store or service conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eValidate workflow and safety: Run through common tasks such as checkout, order entry, customer inquiries, and product demonstrations to confirm stability, ease of use, and uninterrupted customer engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Compulocks Universal Tablet Magnetic Mount compatible with all tablet sizes?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The design prioritizes universal compatibility across major brands and sizes, accommodating most standard 7–12.9-inch tablets. If you have an unusually thick or unusually small tablet, verify thickness and mounting clearance with your specific model before permanent installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount require tools for attachment or release?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The mounting system uses a magnetic interface for quick engagement and release. Depending on your installation, some tools may be needed to secure the VESA plate to its mounting surface, but attaching the tablet itself is designed to be tool-free.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can the tablet be used hands-free and handheld?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The Magnetix solution supports both fixed, secure display and handheld interactions, enabling staff to hold the tablet for demonstrations or support while maintaining security when the device is in place.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What environments is this mount best suited for?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It’s optimized for busy retail checkout desks, hospitality kiosks, customer service counters, showrooms, and office reception areas where durability, quick device swaps, and secure mounting are important.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: How do I maintain or clean the mount?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Wipe the exterior with a soft, damp cloth and mild cleaner as needed. Avoid harsh chemicals on the magnetic interface to preserve magnetism and finish integrity. Regular checks for alignment and secure fasteners help ensure long-term performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917134684386,"sku":"5904349","price":91.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284104_4d4308eb-127a-404b-8557-19f4281aa1ec.jpg?v=1755118306"},{"product_id":"tripp-lite-by-eaton-smartrack-rack-enclosure-single-width-vertical-equipment-management-bars-48u-1-pair","title":"Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack Rack Enclosure Single-Width Vertical Equipment Management Bars, 48U, 1 Pair","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eTripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack Rack Enclosure Single-Width Vertical Equipment Management Bars, 48U, 1 Pair\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack Single-Width Vertical Equipment Management Bars are your go-to solution for turning a standard 48U rack enclosure into a lean, organized, and highly efficient cabling ecosystem. Engineered to complement the SmartRack family, these vertical management bars maximize available space while delivering clean, professional cable routing for power, data, and network cables. With a focus on quick, straightforward installation, durable construction, and compatibility with a wide range of accessories, these bars help IT professionals reduce downtime, improve airflow, and simplify future migrations or reconfigurations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEnhanced cable management for 48U SmartRack enclosures:\u003c\/b\u003e These vertical equipment management bars are purpose-built to fit single-width configurations inside 48U SmartRack racks, providing dedicated channels and anchor points that guide cables from front to back with precision. By establishing clean pathways for every cable, you minimize tangling, reduce strain and wear on cables, and create a tidy interior that’s easier to service. The result is improved cable organization, easier identification of ports, and more predictable airflow, which can contribute to better cooling efficiency and sustained performance of densely populated racks.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable, professional-grade construction:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted to withstand the rigors of data center environments, the vertical bars use sturdy steel construction with a durable powder-coated finish that resists chipping and corrosion. This robust build helps ensure long-term reliability in environments with vibration, frequent access, and continual cable changes. The clean white or black finishes—depending on the model—also blend seamlessly with standard IT furniture and cabinet exteriors, preserving a consistent, professional look across your rack infrastructure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple, fast installation with reliable mounting:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for quick integration into standard 19-inch rack rails, the bars come with clear mounting hardware and simple alignment guidelines. The installation process minimizes downtime and doesn’t require specialized tools, so you can secure the bars and begin route planning within minutes. The result is a highly modular cable management solution that scales with your network as it grows, allowing you to add or reconfigure vertical management supports without pulling existing bundles apart.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile front-to-back cable routing and expansion potential:\u003c\/b\u003e The vertical equipment management bars offer flexible routing options, enabling neat separation of power and data cables to reduce interference and potential contention. They support a variety of cable diameters and bundle sizes, and can be paired with additional accessories like cable sleeves, tie-downs, and D-rings to tailor your setup. This adaptability makes them an excellent choice for evolving data centers, test labs, and edge deployments where cabling needs can shift rapidly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eValue-driven design with future-proofing and support:\u003c\/b\u003e By adopting a single-width, 48U-compatible solution, you gain scalability without overhauling your entire rack. The bars are designed to align with standard equipment footprints and are backed by Tripp Lite and Eaton’s engineering support, providing confidence as you expand or reorganize. In addition to standard replacements and upgrades, you can integrate these bars with other SmartRack accessories to create a cohesive, well-documented cable management strategy that stands the test of time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack Rack Enclosure Single-Width Vertical Equipment Management Bars, 48U, 1 Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eGet this information from the \"specifications\" section of the product from https:\/\/ec.synnex.com\/ using product \"UPC\" or \"SKU\" as reference\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Tripp Lite by Eaton SmartRack Rack Enclosure Single-Width Vertical Equipment Management Bars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the vertical equipment management bars in your 48U SmartRack enclosure, begin by powering down any equipment in the cabinet and ensuring you have a clean, static-free workspace. Confirm compatibility with your specific SmartRack model and identify the mounting rails where the bars will be attached. Align the bars with the front and rear mounting points on the cabinet—these typically correspond to standardized rack holes—then secure them using the supplied screws or mounting hardware included with the bars. Tighten each fastener evenly to avoid misalignment and ensure a snug fit. Once installed, begin routing cables by grouping similar bundles (power, data, and network) and guiding them into the channels or lanes on the bars. Use cable ties or lacing to secure there, avoiding sharp bends and ensuring that airflow through the cabinet remains unobstructed. Finally, test connectivity and power to verify proper cable paths and that there is no interference with cooling fans or doors. Regularly inspect the bars during routine maintenance to ensure that fasteners remain tight and that cable bundles do not sag or rub against cabinet edges.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What rack size does the Tripp Lite vertical management bar fit?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is designed for 48U SmartRack rack enclosures in a single-width configuration, offering a tailored fit for standard 19-inch cabinets within that size class.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Will these bars interfere with door clearance or front mounting panels?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bars are engineered to align with standard front and rear mounting points in compatible SmartRack enclosures, minimizing clashes with doors and panels while allowing clean routing along the cabinet interior.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can I add other cable management accessories with these bars?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes. The bars are compatible with common cable sleeves, ties, D-rings, and other vertical cable management accessories to expand routing options and further organize bundles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Are tools required for installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Basic hand tools are typically sufficient. The included mounting hardware is designed for straightforward installation, reducing the need for specialized equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Do these bars support both power and data cable routes?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Absolutely. The design supports separate channels or lanes for power and data cables to improve organization, minimize crosstalk, and facilitate better airflow and cooling within the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917147922658,"sku":"6613835","price":133.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-heavy-duty-tilt-wall-mount-for-32-to-80-curved-or-flat-screen-displays","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Heavy-Duty Tilt Wall Mount for 32? to 80? Curved or Flat-Screen Displays","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eEaton Tripp Lite Series Heavy-Duty Tilt Wall Mount for 32\" to 80\" Curved or Flat-Screen Displays\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your viewing experience with a purpose-built, heavy-duty tilt wall mount designed to securely support large televisions and monitors ranging from 32\" to 80\". This mount is crafted to disappear behind the screen, delivering a low-profile profile that keeps attention on the display while offering precise tilt adjustments for optimal viewing from any seat. Whether you’re building a home theater, equipping a classroom, outfitting a conference room, or setting up a hospitality display, this mount combines rugged engineering with clean aesthetics to deliver dependable performance in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for versatility, the Eaton Tripp Lite tilt mount accommodates curved and flat screens alike, providing a robust, reliable solution that simplifies installation and maintenance. The design emphasizes safety, cable management, and ease of use, so you can enjoy a seamless setup that looks as good as it performs. With its sturdy construction and thoughtful features, this mount is ideal for spaces that require both function and style, from high-traffic commercial venues to quiet home media rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for large displays: supports 32\" to 80\" screens, including curved and flat panels, with a resilient mounting system engineered to keep heavy displays securely in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-profile, near-flush appearance: the mount hugs the wall for a streamlined look, reducing visual clutter while maintaining full access to screen tilt adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable tilt for optimal viewing: enables precise tilt angles to minimize glare, align with seating arrangements, and enhance comfort during long viewing sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroad compatibility: accommodates a wide range of VESA patterns and many popular brands, delivering flexible mounting options across different models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, cable-conscious design: built from robust materials with a protective finish that withstands daily use in homes and commercial spaces while providing integrated cable routing for a tidy installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series Heavy-Duty Tilt Wall Mount for 32\" to 80\" Displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay size range: 32\" to 80\" compatibility covers most large-format TVs and professional monitors in homes, classrooms, and commercial environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight and load handling: engineered for heavy-duty performance to support substantial display weights typical of large panel televisions and professional displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: supports a broad spectrum of common VESA mounting patterns, enabling use with many popular brands and model variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction and finish: crafted from high-strength steel with a durable, corrosion-resistant finish designed to endure frequent use and installation in busy spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting clearance: designed to sit close to the wall while still allowing essential tilt adjustments and accessible rear cabling for maintenance and service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management: includes integrated channels or clips to route power and AV cables neatly, helping to maintain a clean, professional look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety and installation features: includes hardware and adjustment mechanisms designed for secure mounting, level alignment, and straightforward setup for both residential and commercial projects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Series Heavy-Duty Tilt Wall Mount for 32\" to 80\" Displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling this tilt wall mount is a straightforward process when approached step by step. The following guidance highlights general best practices for a secure, level, and visually appealing installation. Always consult the included manufacturer instructions for model-specific details and safety requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the wall and support: locate wall studs or use appropriate anchors to ensure a solid mounting surface capable of bearing the display’s weight. Verify the wall’s integrity and measure your mounting location for proper alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach wall brackets: secure the wall mounting arms to the wall using the supplied hardware, ensuring fasteners are driven into studs or solid backing. Use a level to confirm the mounting plane is perfectly vertical and horizontal before tightening all fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the display back: attach the corresponding mounting plate to the back of the TV or monitor following the manufacturer’s VESA pattern instructions. Ensure all screws are tightened securely without overtightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang the display: lift and align the display with the wall mount, engaging the mounting arms and securing the locking mechanism or safety screws provided to hold the screen firmly in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust tilt and cable routing: once mounted, adjust the tilt to the desired angle for optimal viewing. Route power and signal cables through integrated channels to keep cables tidy and out of sight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal checks: verify that the display is level, secure, and properly supported. Re-check all fasteners after the first 24 hours of use and make any minor adjustments as needed to maintain a flawless appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Will this mount fit curved or flat-screen TVs from 32\" to 80\"?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The mount is designed to accommodate both curved and flat-panel displays within the specified size range, making it versatile for a variety of screen types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does it support wall mounting in tight spaces?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The low-profile design keeps the display close to the wall, which helps maximize space in rooms with limited depth while still allowing tilt adjustments for comfortable viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What kind of tilt adjustments are available?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The mount provides adjustable tilt to optimize sightlines, reduce glare, and tailor the screen angle to different seating arrangements or room layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is there cable management included?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. Integrated cable routing channels help keep cables organized and hidden for a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is professional installation required?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e While many users install this mount themselves using the included hardware, hiring a trained AV installer is recommended for large displays or commercial installations to ensure safety and compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can I use this mount with brands not explicitly listed in the compatibility notes?\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e In most cases, yes, provided the display foregoes a compatible VESA pattern within the mount’s supported range and the wall structure is suitable for supporting the load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917151887586,"sku":"6801067","price":99.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/175284452_5e8768fc-1420-4c94-b598-6da0f149fe6a.jpg?v=1755118787"},{"product_id":"logitech-desk-mount-for-microphone-graphite","title":"Logitech Desk Mount for Microphone - Graphite","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eLogitech Desk Mount for Microphone – Graphite\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cb\u003eLogitech Desk Mount for Microphone\u003c\/b\u003e in Graphite elevates both the look and function of modern meeting spaces. Crafted to integrate seamlessly with Logitech Rally systems, this desk mount keeps Rally Mic Pods organized, secure, and within easy reach. Its \u003ci\u003egraphite finish\u003c\/i\u003e complements contemporary conference rooms, teaching spaces, and home office setups, while its thoughtful design minimizes cable clutter and maximizes usable desk real estate. Whether you’re conducting high-stakes client calls, collaborative team sessions, or remote meetings, this desk mount helps you present a polished, professional environment with reliable mic stability and flexible positioning. The mount is built to withstand the daily rhythms of busy workdays, ensuring dependable performance over time. With clean lines and a compact footprint, it blends into any décor while delivering enhanced sound capture by reducing mic movement and stray vibrations. If you’re looking to declutter your workspace while safeguarding audio quality, this desk mount is a strategic addition to your Logitech Rally ecosystem.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eEnhanced aesthetics and organization: A sleek graphite finish pairs with Rally Mic Pods to create a tidy, professional conference setup that looks as good as it sounds.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSecure mic pod integration: Designed to securely hold Rally Mic Pods in place, the desk mount minimizes unwanted movement and helps maintain consistent audio pickup during meetings.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlexible positioning and accessibility: Strategically engineered for easy mic placement, quick adjustments, and effortless access to controls and cables, so participants stay comfortable and engaged.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRobust, durable construction: Built with high-quality materials to withstand daily use in busy environments, delivering reliable performance and long-lasting value.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eEffortless installation and maintenance: Tool-free adjustments and intuitive cable routing keep setups clean, allowing for quick deployments and simple routine upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Logitech Desk Mount for Microphone - Graphite\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eFinish: Graphite\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterials: Durable aluminum alloy body with reinforced mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting: Desk clamp design (with secure grip) that accommodates standard desk edges and supports clean cable management\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Optimized for Rally Mic Pods and compatible with Logitech conferencing ecosystems\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management: Integrated pathways to route microphone cables neatly and reduce desk clutter\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOrientation: Adjustable tilt and swivel to position mic pods for optimal voice capture in varied room layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Logitech Desk Mount for Microphone\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003ePrepare the workspace: Clear the edge of the desk where you plan to install the mount. Ensure there is easy access to power sources and room for cable routing behind the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the desk clamp: Open the clamp and position it at the desired edge of the desk. Tighten the clamp securely so the mount holds steady without slipping. Check for wobble and adjust as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eRoute cables: Feed the microphone cable(s) through the integrated cable channels to minimize loose cords. Leave a comfortable length to reach the Rally Mic Pod without stressing the connection.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach Rally Mic Pod: Mount the Rally Mic Pod onto the designated docking area of the desk mount. Ensure a firm fit and confirm that the pod aligns with the intended microphone angle for optimal voice pickup.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFine-tune positioning: Adjust the tilt, swivel, and pod orientation to suit your room layout and speaker seating. Test the microphone levels and make any small positional tweaks for best clarity and minimal ambient noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What does the Logitech Desk Mount for Microphone include? A: The package typically includes the desk mount with its clamp, mounting hardware, and cable management features designed for Rally Mic Pods. Mic Pods themselves are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Is this desk mount compatible with all desk types? A: It is designed for standard desk edges and works well with most conference tables. If your desk has unusual dimensions or a curved edge, verify clearance and clamp compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Can I adjust the mic pod after installation? A: Yes. The mount supports tilt and swivel adjustments to help you position the mic for optimal vocal pickup and to minimize room echo or background noise.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: Does the mount affect cable organization in busy rooms? A: The integrated cable management channels are designed to keep cables neatly routed, reducing clutter and potential trip hazards while maintaining a clean appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eQ: What kind of maintenance is required? A: Regular inspection to ensure the clamp remains secure and the mic pod is seated firmly is recommended. Wipe the finish with a soft, dry cloth to preserve the graphite coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Logitech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917153100002,"sku":"5562781","price":111.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"compulocks-vesa-swing-arm-mount-white","title":"compulocks-vesa-swing--arm-mount-white","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eCompulocks VESA Swing Arm Mount White\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Compulocks VESA Swing Arm Mount White is the ideal solution for elevating your interactive display experience. Built for versatility and reliability, this mount securely attaches to any flat surface, whether it’s a wall, countertop, or desk—delivering dependable support in a compact, unobtrusive package. The crisp white finish complements a wide range of interiors, from modern retail environments to classroom setups and corporate spaces. Whether you’re deploying digital signage, a touchscreen kiosk, or a point-of-sale display, this mount helps you achieve the precise positioning you need for maximum engagement and readability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned with flexibility in mind, the VESA Swing Arm Mount White lets you tailor the viewing angle to suit your unique environment. Move the screen closer for customer interactions, tilt to minimize glare, or rotate between portrait and landscape orientations as your content requires. With a focus on clean aesthetics and uncluttered cable management, this mount serves as a practical backbone for interactive displays while preserving the overall look of your space. It’s an excellent choice for retailers seeking a professional, unobtrusive mounting solution, educators aiming to enhance collaborative learning, and office teams that rely on dynamic presentations and information displays.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVersatile mounting options:\u003c\/b\u003e Attaches securely to walls, countertops, or flat surfaces, with an adjustable arm that lets you position your display exactly where it’s needed for optimal visibility and accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFlexible, multi-axis adjustability:\u003c\/b\u003e Swing, tilt, and rotate the display to portrait or landscape orientation, ensuring comfortable viewing from any seating area, checkout counter, classroom desk, or public kiosk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSleek white finish:\u003c\/b\u003e A clean, modern look that blends with a wide range of decor styles and product displays, from retail kiosks to corporate conference rooms and classrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompact, space-saving design:\u003c\/b\u003e A low-profile footprint keeps the display within reach while maintaining a tidy counter or wall space and reducing cable clutter and obstacles in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSimple installation and maintenance:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for quick mounting with included hardware and straightforward setup, plus easy-access adjustments for ongoing repositioning as your needs change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Compulocks VESA Swing Arm Mount White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinish:\u003c\/b\u003e White powder-coated surface for durability and a polished look.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting style:\u003c\/b\u003e VESA-compatible swing-arm mount suitable for wall, countertop, or flat-surface installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRecommended applications:\u003c\/b\u003e Ideal for interactive displays, digital signage, kiosks, POS stations, classroom or conference room displays.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/b\u003e High-strength steel construction with a sturdy, long-lasting finish.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMoveability:\u003c\/b\u003e Multi-axis adjustability that supports tilt, swivel, and rotation for flexible viewing angles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed to fit standard VESA patterns commonly used by small to mid-size displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Install Compulocks VESA Swing Arm Mount White\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 1:\u003c\/b\u003e Choose a solid mounting surface—wall, countertop, or flat surface—that can support your display’s weight. Ensure the area is clear of obstructions and that cables can be routed neatly.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 2:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the mounting base to the selected surface using the hardware provided with the mount. Verify the base is level and firmly anchored before proceeding.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 3:\u003c\/b\u003e Attach the display to the VESA plate by aligning your display’s mounting holes with the plate and fastening the supplied screws. Tighten just enough to secure, avoiding overtightening which could damage the mounting interface.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 4:\u003c\/b\u003e Route power and data cables through the arm or behind the mount as appropriate. Gently move the arm through its full range of motion to verify smooth operation and ensure there are no clearance issues with surrounding objects.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStep 5:\u003c\/b\u003e Make final adjustments to tilt, swivel, and reach for your preferred position. If the model includes locking screws or clamps, engage them to maintain your chosen setup during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is the Compulocks VESA Swing Arm Mount White compatible with my display?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The mount is designed for standard VESA patterns used by many small to mid-size displays. Check your display’s VESA pattern and weight rating to confirm compatibility before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can the arm be used on a countertop or wall?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mount is designed for secure attachment to walls, countertops, or flat surfaces, offering flexible installation options to suit your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the mount support portrait and landscape orientation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The multi-axis adjustability allows you to orient the display in either portrait or landscape mode by adjusting the arm and mounting plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What is included in the package?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The package typically includes the swing-arm mount, mounting hardware for common surfaces, a VESA plate, and an installation guide to help you set up quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is it easy to adjust after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The design emphasizes simple, tool-friendly adjustments so you can reposition the screen as needed without disassembling the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Compulocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917154476258,"sku":"4346655","price":157.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"sonicwall-rack-mount-for-firewall-taa-compliant","title":"SonicWall Rack Mount for Firewall - TAA Compliant","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eSonicWall Rack Mount for Firewall - TAA Compliant\u003c\/h1\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe SonicWall Rack Mount for Firewall - TAA Compliant delivers a purpose-built, shop-ready solution that makes it effortless to deploy SonicWall security appliances into a standard data center or office rack. This rack-mount kit is engineered to maximize space efficiency, improve cable management, and promote reliable airflow around your firewall, all while meeting stringent procurement standards through its TAA-compliant design. By integrating seamlessly with 19-inch server racks, it helps IT teams maintain a clean, professional security infrastructure that scales with growth, reduces deployment time, and supports ongoing maintenance with easy access for updates and service tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal compatibility with standard 19-inch racks:\u003c\/b\u003e This rack mount is built to accommodate SonicWall firewall appliances within a conventional 19-inch rack footprint. The rails are designed to align with common rack dimensions, ensuring a secure, vibration-free installation that stays steady during routine servicing or re-cable tasks. It simplifies the relocation or upgrading of security hardware across multiple sites, contributing to a streamlined implementation process and consistent performance across the network.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRugged, durable construction for long-term reliability:\u003c\/b\u003e Crafted from high-strength steel with a durable coating, the rack mount resists scratches, impact, and corrosion, making it suitable for busy data centers, server rooms, and edge deployments. This toughness translates into fewer maintenance interruptions, improved equipment stability, and peace of mind that the firewall will remain secured and accessible for future upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOptimized airflow and cable routing for better cooling:\u003c\/b\u003e Thoughtful design supports clean cable management and unobstructed airflow around the firewall, helping to maintain stable operating temperatures even in dense rack environments. By promoting efficient cooling, the mount reduces thermal throttling risks, extends hardware life, and helps preserve peak security appliance performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFast, tool-friendly installation and straightforward servicing:\u003c\/b\u003e The kit includes all necessary rails, brackets, and fasteners, with a design that simplifies installation using common hand tools. IT teams can deploy or replace firewalls quickly, minimizing downtime during initial deployment and ensuring easy access for routine maintenance or firmware updates without wrestling with misaligned components.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompliance and procurement advantages with TAA compliance:\u003c\/b\u003e The TAA-compliant design supports government and regulated procurement needs, enabling easier budgeting and supplier qualification. This rack mount aligns with Buy American Act expectations while delivering robust security hardware integration, making it an ideal choice for public sector, education, and enterprise environments that demand compliant, secure deployments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of SonicWall Rack Mount for Firewall\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRack height and form factor:\u003c\/b\u003e Standard 19-inch rack-mount kit designed for secure installation of SonicWall firewall appliances, typically occupying 1U of vertical space depending on the model and mounting configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMaterial and finish:\u003c\/b\u003e Heavy-duty steel construction with a black powder-coated finish to resist scratches, corrosion, and wear in demanding data center environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMounting hardware included:\u003c\/b\u003e Comprehensive set of rails, brackets, and fasteners to support quick, tool-assisted installation and secure attachment to the rack frame.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility and scope:\u003c\/b\u003e Designed for SonicWall firewall devices and related security appliances that use standard 19-inch rack mounting, with adjustable rails to accommodate a range of device depths and mounting orientations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompliance:\u003c\/b\u003e TAA-compliant, suitable for procurement by U.S. federal, state, and local agencies, as well as other organizations seeking compliant security hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVentilation considerations:\u003c\/b\u003e Configured to support proper airflow around the device, minimizing hot spots and helping maintain reliable performance under load.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWarranty and support:\u003c\/b\u003e Backed by SonicWall and authorized distributors, with standard warranty terms and access to technical support for installation questions and device servicing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install SonicWall Rack Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the rack and workspace:\u003c\/b\u003e Verify that the installation site provides a clean, stable 19-inch rack and sufficient cooling for equipment in a dense rack environment. Gather all included hardware and basic tools before you begin.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower down and unplug the firewall:\u003c\/b\u003e To safeguard equipment and personnel, power down the SonicWall firewall and disconnect all network and power cables before starting the mounting process.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAttach mounting rails to the rack:\u003c\/b\u003e Secure the mounting rails to the rack’s vertical posts at the appropriate height using the supplied hardware. Ensure the rails are level and securely fastened to support the firewall's weight and operating vibrations.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eMount the firewall to the rails:\u003c\/b\u003e With the rails in place, slide the SonicWall firewall into the rack and align it with the mounting holes. Use the brackets or screws provided in the kit to secure the device firmly to the rails, checking that there is no excessive movement.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRoute cables and manage airflow:\u003c\/b\u003e Connect network and power cables, routing them along the rails or behind the device to minimize obstruction of intakes and exhausts. Use cable ties or management accessories to maintain a tidy, organized rack.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePower on and verify functionality:\u003c\/b\u003e Reconnect power and network connections, then power up the firewall. Access the management interface to confirm connectivity, proper firmware version, and expected security features are active.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFinalize cable management and testing:\u003c\/b\u003e Perform a final check of cable routing, verify that all adjacent devices in the rack have adequate clearance for heat dissipation, and conduct a basic throughput and reliability test to confirm the installation meets performance expectations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is this rack mount compatible with all SonicWall firewall models?\u003c\/b\u003e A: This rack-mount kit is designed for standard 19-inch SonicWall firewall appliances and supports a broad range of models that use a 1U rail configuration. If your device has an unusual depth or mounting requirement, verify compatibility with the specific model in the product specifications or consult the supplier for model-specific guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Does the kit include rails and all mounting hardware?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Yes. The package includes rails, brackets, screws, and fasteners necessary to mount the firewall securely in a standard 19-inch rack, along with any instructions for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What does TAA-compliant mean for this rack mount?\u003c\/b\u003e A: TAA-compliant means the product meets procurement standards that favor U.S.-made or sourced components for eligible federal, state, and local government purchases. This makes it suitable for regulated environments and simplifies compliance during purchasing.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Can this rack mount improve cooling and cable management?\u003c\/b\u003e A: Absolutely. The design supports organized cable routing and unobstructed airflow, reducing heat buildup and promoting stable operation of the firewall within the rack environment.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: Is professional installation required, or can IT staff install it themselves?\u003c\/b\u003e A: The kit is designed for straightforward, tool-assisted installation by qualified IT staff. With the included hardware and clear instructions, experienced personnel can mount the firewall quickly while maintaining proper cable management and access for maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ: What if I need support after installation?\u003c\/b\u003e A: SonicWall and authorized distributors provide standard warranty coverage and access to technical support for post-installation questions, firmware updates, and troubleshooting related to the rack mount installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"SonicWall","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917156573410,"sku":"13382086","price":207.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"ergonomic-standing-desk-converter-with-height-adjustable-keyboard-counterbalance-monitor-mount","title":"Ergonomic Standing Desk Converter With Height Adjustable Keyboard \u0026 Counterbalance Monitor Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eErgonomic Standing Desk Converter With Height Adjustable Keyboard \u0026amp; Counterbalance Monitor Mount\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your workspace into a dynamic, healthier, and more productive environment with the Ergonomic Standing Desk Converter. Designed to support seamless transitions between sitting and standing, this versatile desk accessory combines a height-adjustable keyboard tray with a counterbalanced monitor mount to help you achieve better posture, reduce fatigue, and boost focus throughout the workday. With intuitive, tool-free adjustments and a compact footprint, it fits easily into home offices, corporate desks, and shared workstations while keeping everything you need within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eEffortless sit-to-stand versatility: The desk converter provides smooth, height-adjustable keyboard and monitor positioning, empowering you to switch between working heights without missing a beat.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eErgonomic keyboard tray: A dedicated, adjustable keyboard surface promotes a natural typing posture, minimizing wrist strain and encouraging comfortable alignment for long hours at the computer.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCounterbalanced monitor mount: The monitor arm keeps your screen at eye level, with adjustable tilt, swivel, and rotation to optimize viewing angles and reduce neck tension.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSturdy, space-saving design: Engineered to support stable operation on your existing desk, the converter offers a compact footprint that frees desk space while maintaining robust performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSimple setup and universal compatibility: Quick-install hardware and adaptable mounting options make it easy to attach to most desks, with tool-free height adjustments for fast customization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Ergonomic Standing Desk Converter With Height Adjustable Keyboard \u0026amp; Counterbalance Monitor Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUPC\/SKU: Not provided\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: Not provided\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDimensions: Not provided\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMaterials: Not provided\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWarranty: Not provided\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to install Ergonomic Standing Desk Converter With Height Adjustable Keyboard \u0026amp; Counterbalance Monitor Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnpack the desk converter and verify all components are included, including the keyboard tray, monitor mount, arms, clamps, and mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlace the base unit on your existing desk surface, aligning with the edge for stable operation. If your model uses clamps, position them beneath the desk edge before tightening.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the monitor mount to the designated mounting point on the converter arm. Secure the monitor using the compatible VESA plate or mounting interface provided, then connect any required cables for power and data as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAttach the keyboard tray to its track or mounting rails. Ensure the tray slides smoothly and can tilt to support a comfortable typing posture. Tighten adjustment knobs to lock the tray in your preferred position.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePower on and perform a test raise and lower cycle. Verify that the keyboard tray and monitor mount move synchronously and securely, and adjust tension or counterbalance as needed to achieve balanced feel at your chosen height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is this desk converter compatible with most desks?\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. The design is built to mount onto a wide range of desks using clamps or brackets, delivering a secure and stable platform for both keyboard and monitor. If your desk has a particularly thick or unusual edge, check the product’s mounting specifications and installation instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e How does the counterbalanced monitor mount improve ergonomics?\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The counterbalanced monitor mount keeps your screen at eye level, allowing you to adjust tilt, swivel, and rotation for a natural head and neck position. This reduces neck strain and promotes better posture during long work sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Can I adjust the keyboard tray independently of the monitor mount?\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e In most configurations, the keyboard tray and monitor arm can be adjusted independently, giving you precise control over typing height and monitor viewing angle to suit your posture and task requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is assembly difficult?\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The setup is designed to be user-friendly with tool-free adjustments and clear instructions. Most users can complete installation in under an hour, depending on desk setup and mounting options.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does it support dual monitors?\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e The product is primarily described as a single-monitor counterbalanced mount. If you need to support multiple displays, verify the specific model’s compatibility and weight capacity before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"SIIG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917163127010,"sku":"5139535","price":278.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-dual-monitor-flex-arm-desktop-clamp-for-13-to-27-displays","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Monitor Flex-Arm Desktop Clamp for 13? to 27? Displays","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eUpgrade your workstation with the Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Monitor Flex-Arm Desktop Clamp, a thoughtfully engineered solution built to maximize productivity while preserving precious desk space. Designed to support two monitors ranging from 13\" to 27\", this dual-monitor arm delivers a refined blend of strength, flexibility, and aesthetics that fit seamlessly into modern offices, home studios, and corporate workstations. The responsive joints and precision-adjustable arms empower you to tailor each screen’s height, depth, tilt, and angle to your unique posture and workflow, so you can work longer with less strain and more focus. By lifting the monitors off the desk surface, you instantly create a clean, clutter-free surface for keyboards, notebooks, and creative gear, enabling healthier ergonomics and a more efficient environment. The desk clamp mechanism provides a secure anchor that accommodates a wide range of desk edge profiles, while the dual-arm design maintains balanced, stable support even during rapid movements, intense editing sessions, or long calls. With built-in cable management channels, you can route power cords and video cables neatly out of sight, preserving a streamlined look and eliminating the tangle of loose cables. Whether you’re editing video, coding, or monitoring multiple dashboards, this versatile flex-arm solution helps you craft a workspace that adapts to your tasks, not the other way around. It’s more than a mounting accessory—it’s an ergonomic upgrade that elevates both comfort and productivity, turning your desk into a dynamic workstation optimized for focus, efficiency, and long-term comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Eaton Tripp Lite Dual-Monitor Flex-Arm is engineered to hold two monitors from 13\" to 27\" each, providing expansive screen real estate while keeping your desk surface clear. Independent articulation on each arm allows precise positioning for multi-monitor workflows, so you can align both displays for seamless side-by-side viewing or stagger them to reduce neck strain. The system supports smooth, controlled motion, enabling quick shifts between tasks without reorienting your entire setup. This flexibility is perfect for designers, developers, traders, and professionals who demand consistent, ergonomic, and efficient monitor alignment throughout the day.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesktop clamp mounting keeps the whole setup securely attached to your desk edge, delivering a robust, wobble-free experience even with heavy displays. The clamp is designed to fit a wide range of desk thicknesses and materials, ensuring compatibility with most home offices and office environments. Quick-release or tool-free adjustments may be offered in certain configurations, allowing you to reposition the clamp or remove the arms with minimal downtime when reconfiguring your workspace for presentations, collaborations, or travel. The result is a sturdy foundation that supports reliable monitor performance while maintaining a clean, professional aesthetic on your desk.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility and universal mounting options give you flexibility across monitor brands and models. The most common patterns supported are 75x75 mm and 100x100 mm, enabling straightforward installation with a secure mounting plate that distributes weight evenly. This adaptability makes it easy to upgrade or swap out displays without replacing the entire arm system, protecting your hardware investment and keeping your workspace future-ready. The dual-arm design also helps balance monitors to minimize torque on each joint, extending the life of the articulation system and preserving smooth motion over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePremium articulation and movement deliver a highly ergonomic setup with multiple adjustment axes. Users can tilt each monitor to optimize viewing angles, swivel to reduce glare from ambient lighting, and rotate between landscape and portrait orientations as needed for coding, design, or data visualization. The integrated tensioning and friction controls let you dial in the exact resistance you want for effortless, stable positioning, so your monitors stay put once you find the ideal angle. This level of control reduces neck and eye strain, supports healthier posture, and enables precise alignment for multi-monitor tasks and collaborative work sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable management and sleek aesthetics round out the package, helping you achieve a tidy, professional workspace. Built-in channels and clips guide power and video cables along the arms and behind the desk, preventing tangles and exposing only clean lines of cable routing. The result is a clutter-free desk that makes a strong impression on clients and coworkers while contributing to a calmer, more focused work environment. The overall finish often features a contemporary, understated look that blends with most office decors, enhancing the visual harmony of your workspace while delivering practical benefits in daily usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Monitor Flex-Arm Desktop Clamp for 13\" to 27\" Displays\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay compatibility: Supports 13\"–27\" monitors with standard mounting patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting method: Desktop clamp attachment designed for secure edge mounting on a wide range of desk types and thicknesses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA compatibility: Compatible with common VESA patterns (75x75 mm and 100x100 mm) for versatile monitor attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotion and adjustment: Dual independent arms with horizontal, vertical, tilt, swivel, and rotation capabilities to support portrait or landscape orientations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction and cable management: All-steel or high-grade alloy construction with integrated cable channels to keep cords organized and out of the way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eHow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Series Dual-Monitor Flex-Arm Desktop Clamp\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep 1: Prepare your workspace by clearing the area and gathering the included mounting hardware, ensuring you have a stable surface to work on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep 2: Attach the desk clamp to the edge of your desk, positioning it at the desired height and alignment. Tighten the clamp securely to prevent any wobble or movement during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep 3: Connect the dual monitor arms to the clamp assembly, making sure the joints are oriented correctly for the intended seating and viewing angles. Secure the arms with the provided fasteners and tighten to the recommended torque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep 4: Mount each monitor to its VESA plate using the appropriate screws, then attach the plates to the arms. Ensure the monitors are balanced and that the weight is evenly distributed to prevent drift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep 5: Route cables through the built-in channels, connect power and video cables, and adjust the tension controls to achieve smooth, controlled motion. Finally, position each monitor for optimal ergonomics and minimal glare, testing stability with gentle nudges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch4\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: What screen sizes are supported by this dual-arm clamp? A: The system supports two monitors ranging from 13\" to 27\", using standard VESA mounting patterns (75x75 mm and 100x100 mm) for secure attachment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Is this mount compatible with all desk types? A: The desk clamp is designed to fit a broad range of desk edges and thicknesses, but always verify the specified range in the product manual to ensure a secure fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Can the monitors be rotated to portrait orientation? A: Yes, the arms offer tilt, swivel, and rotation functionality, enabling both portrait and landscape layouts depending on your workflow and preference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQ: Does the system include cable management features? A: Yes, integrated cable channels help route and conceal cables, keeping your workspace organized and clutter-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917180657890,"sku":"6370468","price":143.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"eaton-tripp-lite-series-fixed-wall-mount-for-45-to-85-tvs-and-monitors","title":"Eaton Tripp Lite Series Fixed Wall Mount for 45? to 85? TVs and Monitors","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eaton Tripp Lite Series Fixed Wall Mount is engineered to deliver a premium, low-profile mounting solution for large-format displays. Designed for 45\" to 85\" televisions and monitors, this mount combines rugged steel construction with a sleek, ultra‑thin profile to create a clean, professional look that sits flush against the wall. Ideal for home theaters, conference rooms, digital signage, and retail displays, this fixed wall mount provides rock-solid support, precise alignment, and a streamlined appearance that keeps your screen front and center without distraction. If you’re seeking a mount that blends safety, stability, and sophisticated aesthetics, the Eaton Tripp Lite Fixed Wall Mount is engineered to meet the demands of high‑definition viewing environments while maximizing your wall space.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUltra-low-profile design for 45\"–85\" TVs and monitors:\u003c\/b\u003e This fixed wall mount sits nearly flush to the wall, delivering a clean, nearly invisible look that emphasizes the display itself. The slim profile minimizes projection, reducing glare and creating a seamless, integrated installation in any room.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRobust weight rating and reliable support:\u003c\/b\u003e Constructed from heavy-gauge steel to withstand demanding use, the mount supports up to 150 lbs (68 kg). That generous capacity ensures compatibility with a wide range of 45\"–85\" displays, including many 4K and curved-screen models, giving you confidence in long-term stability and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eUniversal VESA compatibility up to 800×600:\u003c\/b\u003e The mount accommodates a broad spectrum of mounting hole patterns—from common small patterns to large, high‑capacity configurations. With support for VESA patterns up to 800×600, you can install most 45\"–85\" TVs and many professional monitors without compatibility concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDurable construction with thoughtful features:\u003c\/b\u003e A powder-coated steel frame provides corrosion resistance and a durable finish that stands up to frequent use. The design includes integrated cable management channels and a simple, secure mounting system that minimizes wear on cables while preserving a tidy, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy installation with precise alignment and tools included:\u003c\/b\u003e The fixed mount is designed for straightforward, tool-efficient installation. It includes the necessary mounting hardware and a built-in level to help you achieve perfect alignment the first time, reducing install time and ensuring a rock-solid, level display from day one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Eaton Tripp Lite Fixed Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eTV Size Range: 45\" to 85\"\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: Up to 150 lbs (68 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVESA Compatibility: Supports patterns up to 800×600 (including common 200×200, 400×400, 600×400, 600×600, 800×400, and 800×600)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eProfile\/Depth from Wall: Approximately 1.5 inches (about 3.8 cm) for a clean, low-profile appearance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy-gauge steel with a durable powder-coated finish for corrosion resistance and long-lasting performance\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMounting Style: Fixed wall mount with a rigid, non-tilt design for a consistently level viewing experience\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCable Management: Integrated channeling to help organize cables and maintain a neat, professional look\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eCompatibility Notes: Universal mounting pattern accommodates most flat-panel displays within the 45\"–85\" range; ideal for living rooms, classrooms, boardrooms, and digital signage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Eaton Tripp Lite Fixed Wall Mount\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Eaton Tripp Lite Fixed Wall Mount is a straightforward, two‑step process that yields a secure, level display you can rely on for years. Follow these steps to achieve a professional result:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the wall and locate studs:\u003c\/b\u003e Use a stud finder to locate wall studs at the desired mounting height. Mark the stud locations and verify that you have solid backing to support the full mounting weight. If you’re mounting on a masonry wall, use appropriate anchors and screws designed for concrete or brick, following local building codes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAttach the wall plate to the wall:\u003c\/b\u003e Align the wall plate with the stud locations and drill pilot holes according to the included hardware. Use the provided screws or appropriate fasteners for your wall type. Tighten securely to create a stable mounting base that will bear the full load of the TV or monitor.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePrepare the display and attach mounting arms:\u003c\/b\u003e On the back of your display, align the mounting holes with the VESA pattern supported by the mount. Attach the mounting arms or brackets to the display using the supplied hardware that matches your VESA configuration. Ensure all screws are tightened evenly to prevent any uneven mounting pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHang the display onto the wall plate and secure:\u003c\/b\u003e With the help of another person, lift the display and align it with the wall plate’s mounting hooks or slots. Engage the mounting interface and secure it with the provided fasteners, ensuring the display is level. Double-check all connections and tighten if necessary to eliminate any wobble.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eRoute cables and finalize the setup:\u003c\/b\u003e Use the integrated cable management channels to organize power, HDMI, and other signal cables. Verify that cables have enough slack to avoid strain and that the TV remains securely mounted with a clean, professional appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQ: What sizes of displays does this fixed wall mount support?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The mount is designed for 45\" to 85\" televisions and monitors, offering broad compatibility for most large-format screens within that range.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: How much weight can the mount support?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It is rated to hold up to 150 lbs (68 kg), providing robust support for most consumer and professional displays in this size category.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: What VESA patterns are supported?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The mount supports a wide range of VESA patterns up to 800×600, including common configurations such as 200×200, 400×400, 600×400, 600×600, 800×400, and 800×600. Always verify your TV’s VESA pattern before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Is the mount fixed or tilt\/swivel capable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: This is a fixed wall mount, designed to hold the display flush against the wall for a clean, professional look without tilt or swivel movement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Does the mount include hardware and accessories?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The package includes the necessary mounting hardware compatible with a variety of VESA patterns, plus a built-in level to help achieve precise alignment and a cable management system to keep cables organized and out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Is professional installation recommended?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: For best results and safety, especially for large 45\"–85\" displays, professional installation is recommended if you are unsure about mounting to walls or studs. The included instructions and level assist in a precise DIY installation for confident handling.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Will the mount fit into a corner or near other wall-mounted equipment?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The ultra-low-profile design minimizes depth from the wall, aiding in near-corner installations and helping prevent interference with doors, windows, or other devices. Always measure your space to ensure clearance and airflow around the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Can I mount a curved or ultra-thin display on this mount?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: In most cases, yes. The universal mounting pattern and sturdy construction accommodate a broad range of screen designs, including many curved and thin-profile displays within the specified size range. Check your TV’s weight and VESA compatibility first.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: What maintenance is required for long-term use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Periodically inspect mounting screws and the wall plate for tightness, check for any wobble, and ensure the display remains level. Wipe down the frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and maintain the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eQ: Is there any safety feature to prevent accidental detachment?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The fixed design includes secure attachment points and hardware to minimize any risk of detachment. Ensure all fasteners are tightened according to the included instructions to maintain maximum safety and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tripp Lite by Eaton","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917195632866,"sku":"4133997","price":95.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0609\/9510\/9090\/files\/SY4133997.jpg?v=1756418241"},{"product_id":"logitech-swytch-laptop-link-for-video-conferencing-in-meeting-rooms","title":"logitech-swytch-laptop-link-for-video-conferencing--in-meeting-rooms","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLogitech Swytch Laptop Link is the ultimate solution for transforming ordinary meeting rooms into high‑efficiency video conferencing hubs. Designed for rapid deployment and simple operation, this device connects your laptop to the room’s audio‑visual system with a single USB cable, removing the complexity that often slows collaboration. Whether you’re presenting to a small team in a huddle space or running a multi‑participant conference in a larger boardroom, Swytch Laptop Link delivers crisp video, clear audio, and a familiar meeting experience across leading platforms like Microsoft Teams, Zoom, and Google Meet. It’s the kind of upgrade that makes every meeting feel more productive, professional, and effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle‑cable simplicity: Logitech Swytch Laptop Link eliminates the clutter of multiple cables by delivering all video, audio, and control signals through one USB connection. This streamlined setup means less time prepping a room and more time focusing on content, engagement, and decision‑making. The plug‑and‑play nature reduces IT tickets and frees teams to hop right into collaboration without wrestling with adapters or drivers.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePlatform‑agnostic performance: Built to harmonize with the most popular video conferencing services, Swytch Laptop Link makes it easier for teams to connect via Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, and other major apps. Participants experience consistent camera and microphone behavior, familiar screen sharing workflows, and dependable meeting quality—no matter which platform is selected by the host or guest speaker.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOptimized for room acoustics and visuals: With thoughtful integration to respect room acoustics and display capabilities, Swytch Laptop Link helps deliver balanced audio through the room’s speakers, reduces echo, and improves voice clarity. The video pipeline is designed to preserve natural motion and reduce latency, ensuring that participants feel like they’re in the same room—even when they’re miles apart.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003ePortable, scalable design: The compact form factor is ideal for hot‑desking, smaller meeting rooms, and corporate campuses where space is at a premium. Lightweight and easy to stash in a bag or drawer, Swytch Laptop Link supports a rapid in‑office or remote switching workflow for traveling teams, consultants, or any organization that prioritizes flexible collaboration.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIT efficiency and consistency: By standardizing the way laptops connect to room systems, Swytch Laptop Link helps IT departments deliver predictable meeting experiences across locations. Simplified provisioning, reduced hardware variation, and consistent user workflows translate to fewer support calls and more reliable collaboration outcomes for every user.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Details of Logitech Swytch Laptop Link for Video Conferencing in Meeting Rooms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnectivity: USB connection from the laptop to the room’s AV hub, enabling a single‑cable workflow that handles camera, microphone, speakers, and display signaling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Works with major video conferencing platforms, including Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, and other WebRTC‑based services when used with standard room hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAudio and video optimization: Engineered to deliver clear audio and smooth video playback through the room system, with attention to minimizing latency, preserving natural voice dynamics, and supporting typical room‑level conferencing scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortability and durability: Designed for frequent room changes and mobile deployment, combining a compact footprint with robust build quality suitable for day‑to‑day office use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity and management: Supports straightforward deployment in enterprise environments, with predictable behavior across rooms to facilitate consistent meeting experiences and ease of IT oversight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower and connectivity notes: Powered via the host laptop through the USB connection; no separate power supply required for standard configurations, simplifying setup and reducing cable clutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003ehow to install Logitech Swytch Laptop Link\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnpack and place Swytch Laptop Link near the conference room AV hub or a central cabinet where it’s easily accessible during setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the Swytch device to the room’s USB port using the included USB cable, then connect the other end to your laptop. Ensure the room’s display, camera, and speakers are powered and ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower on the laptop if needed and launch your preferred video conferencing app. In the app’s settings, select Swytch as the camera and microphone input to route video and audio through the room system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the room’s display and speakers with a quick call or test meeting to verify that video is crisp, audio is clear, and the screen share and mute\/unmute controls are functioning as expected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoin or start your meeting. During the session, rely on the familiar in‑meeting controls while Swytch handles the behind‑the‑scenes connection to the room hardware. After the session, disconnect Swytch and store it in its case for the next use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e What is Logitech Swytch Laptop Link used for?\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e It is a plug‑and‑play bridge that connects a laptop to a meeting room’s AV system with a single USB cable, enabling high‑quality video conferencing and easy participation in meetings from any room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Does Swytch require drivers or complex setup?\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e No driver installation is typically required. It presents the laptop’s camera and microphone to the room system, allowing seamless operation with major conferencing apps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Which video conferencing platforms are supported?\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Logitech Swytch Laptop Link supports Microsoft Teams, Zoom, Google Meet, and other popular platforms when used with standard room hardware. Compatibility may vary by room configuration, so check your IT guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e Is Swytch portable and suitable for hot‑desking?\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e Yes. Its compact, lightweight design is ideal for hot‑desking and moving between rooms, making it a practical choice for teams that rotate spaces or travel for client meetings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eQ:\u003c\/b\u003e How does Swytch improve meeting efficiency?\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA:\u003c\/b\u003e By delivering a turnkey, single‑cable connection that minimizes setup time, eliminates inconsistencies between rooms, and provides reliable, familiar conferencing experiences across platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Logitech","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45917212508386,"sku":"5939050","price":1204.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}]}],"url":"https:\/\/pegasussonline.com\/collections\/mounting-brackets.oembed?page=24","provider":"PEGASUSS ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}